[go: up one dir, main page]

HK1220525B - Reduced-size interfaces for managing alerts - Google Patents

Reduced-size interfaces for managing alerts Download PDF

Info

Publication number
HK1220525B
HK1220525B HK16108423.2A HK16108423A HK1220525B HK 1220525 B HK1220525 B HK 1220525B HK 16108423 A HK16108423 A HK 16108423A HK 1220525 B HK1220525 B HK 1220525B
Authority
HK
Hong Kong
Prior art keywords
display
notification
displayed
response
alarm
Prior art date
Application number
HK16108423.2A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
HK1220525A1 (en
Inventor
L‧Y‧杨
S‧O‧勒梅
A‧C‧戴伊
C‧P‧福斯
J‧R‧达斯科拉
I‧乔德里
G‧I‧布彻
D‧C‧格雷厄姆
J‧P‧艾夫
K‧M‧林奇
N‧马里克
Original Assignee
苹果公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 苹果公司 filed Critical 苹果公司
Publication of HK1220525A1 publication Critical patent/HK1220525A1/en
Publication of HK1220525B publication Critical patent/HK1220525B/en

Links

Description

用于管理警报的尺寸减小的接口Reduced size interface for managing alerts

相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

本申请要求于2014年9月2日提交的标题为“Reduced-Size Interfaces ForManaging Alerts”的美国临时专利申请第62/044,894号的优先权,以及于2015年3月7日提交的标题为“Reduced-Size Interfaces For Managing Alerts”的美国临时专利申请第62/129,818号的优先权。这些申请的内容为了所有目的通过引用被并入于此。This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/044,894, filed on September 2, 2014, entitled “Reduced-Size Interfaces For Managing Alerts,” and to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/129,818, filed on March 7, 2015, entitled “Reduced-Size Interfaces For Managing Alerts.” The contents of these applications are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes.

本申请涉及共同未决的于2015年3月8日提交的标题为“Reduced-SizeNotification Interface”的美国临时专利申请第62/129,924号、于2014年9月2日提交的标题为“Reduced-Size Notification Interface”的美国临时专利申请第62/044,953号、于2015年3月8日提交的标题为“User Interface For Receiving User Input”的美国临时专利申请第62/129,903号、于2015年3月3日提交的标题为“User Interface ForReceiving User Input”的美国临时专利申请第62/127,800号、于2014年9月2日提交的标题为“User Interface For Receiving User Input”的美国临时专利申请第62/044,923号、于2014年7月18日提交的标题为“Raise Gesture Detection in a Device”的美国临时专利申请第62/026,532号、于2013年5月8日提交的标题为“Device,Method,and GraphicalUser Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to anApplication”的国际专利申请第PCT/US2013/040061号、于2013年11月11日提交的标题为“Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between TouchInput to Display Output Relationships”的国际专利申请第PCT/US2013/069483号、以及于2014年9月2日提交的美国临时专利申请第62/044,894号。这些申请的内容通过引用被整体并入于此。This application is related to co-pending U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/129,924, filed on March 8, 2015, entitled “Reduced-Size Notification Interface,” U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/044,953, filed on September 2, 2014, entitled “Reduced-Size Notification Interface,” U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/129,903, filed on March 8, 2015, entitled “User Interface For Receiving User Input,” U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/127,800, filed on March 3, 2015, entitled “User Interface For Receiving User Input,” U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/044,923, filed on September 2, 2014, entitled “User Interface For Receiving User Input,” and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/129,903, filed on March 8, 2015, entitled “User Interface For Receiving User Input.” and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/026,532, filed on May 8, 2013, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040061, filed on May 8, 2013, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/044,894, filed on September 2, 2014. The contents of these applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

技术领域Technical Field

所公开的示例总体涉及电子设备的用户界面。The disclosed examples generally relate to user interfaces for electronic devices.

背景技术Background Art

被配置为由用户穿戴的尺寸减小的电子设备(例如,小于典型的蜂窝电话的设备)可以允许用户查看并响应各种类型的警报,诸如文本消息、电子邮件、语音邮件以及日历警报。使得尺寸减小的电子设备能够被高效地用于查看并响应警报的用户界面是期望的。A reduced-size electronic device configured to be worn by a user (e.g., a device smaller than a typical cellular telephone) can allow the user to view and respond to various types of alerts, such as text messages, emails, voicemails, and calendar alerts. A user interface that enables the reduced-size electronic device to be efficiently used to view and respond to alerts is desirable.

发明内容Summary of the Invention

根据一些实施例,一种方法被执行在具有显示器的电子设备处。所述方法包括接收包括信息的警报,以及响应于接收到所述警报,发出感知输出。所述方法包括检测用户输入以及确定是否在所述感知输出后的预定时间间隔内检测到所述用户输入。所述方法包括,根据确定在预定时间间隔内检测到所述用户输入,在所述显示器上显示通知,其中所述通知包括所述信息的第一部分。According to some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having a display. The method includes receiving an alert including information and, in response to receiving the alert, issuing a sensory output. The method includes detecting a user input and determining whether the user input is detected within a predetermined time interval after the sensory output. The method includes, based on determining that the user input is detected within the predetermined time interval, displaying a notification on the display, wherein the notification includes a first portion of the information.

根据一些实施例,一种方法被执行在具有显示器的电子设备处。所述方法包括接收第一警报和第二警报。所述方法包括,响应于接收到所述第一警报和所述第二警报,确定所述第一警报和所述第二警报是否满足分组标准。所述方法包括,响应于确定所述第一警报和所述第二警报满足所述分组标准,显示表示所述第一警报和所述第二警报的分组的通知。所述方法包括,响应于确定所述第一警报和所述第二警报不满足所述分组标准,显示表示所述第一警报的第一通知,以及将所述第一通知的显示替换为表示所述第二警报的第二通知的显示。According to some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device having a display. The method includes receiving a first alert and a second alert. The method includes, in response to receiving the first alert and the second alert, determining whether the first alert and the second alert meet a grouping criterion. The method includes, in response to determining that the first alert and the second alert meet the grouping criterion, displaying a notification indicating a grouping of the first alert and the second alert. The method includes, in response to determining that the first alert and the second alert do not meet the grouping criterion, displaying a first notification indicating the first alert and replacing the display of the first notification with the display of the second notification indicating the second alert.

根据一些实施例,一种方法被执行在活跃地显示内容的电子设备处。所述方法包括接收包括信息的警报。所述方法包括,响应于接收到所述警报,跨显示器的一部分来显示通知横幅(banner),其中所述通知横幅包括所述信息的第一部分并且其中所述内容的至少一部分继续被显示。所述方法包括检测所述显示器上的对应于所述通知横幅的位置处的接触,以及响应于检测到所述接触,显示所述信息的第二部分,其中所述第二部分与所述第一部分不同。In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device that is actively displaying content. The method includes receiving an alert that includes information. The method includes, in response to receiving the alert, displaying a notification banner across a portion of a display, wherein the notification banner includes a first portion of the information and wherein at least a portion of the content continues to be displayed. The method includes detecting a contact at a location on the display corresponding to the notification banner, and in response to detecting the contact, displaying a second portion of the information, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion.

根据一些实施例,公开了一种存储包括指令的一个或多个程序的非瞬态计算机可读存储介质。所述指令当由具有显示器的电子设备的一个或多个处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备:接收包括信息的警报;响应于接收到所述警报,发出感知输出;检测用户输入;确定是否在所述感知输出后的预定时间间隔内检测到所述用户输入;以及根据确定在所述预定时间间隔内检测到所述用户输入,在所述显示器上显示通知,其中所述通知包括所述信息的第一部分。According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs including instructions is disclosed. The instructions, when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display, cause the electronic device to: receive an alert including information; in response to receiving the alert, issue a sensory output; detect user input; determine whether the user input is detected within a predetermined time interval after the sensory output; and, based on determining that the user input is detected within the predetermined time interval, display a notification on the display, wherein the notification includes a first portion of the information.

根据一些实施例,公开了一种存储包括指令的一个或多个程序的非瞬态计算机可读存储介质。所述指令当由具有显示器的电子设备的一个或多个处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备:接收多个警报;响应于接收到所述多个警报,确定所述多个警报是否满足分组标准;根据确定所述多个警报满足所述分组标准,显示表示所述多个警报的分组的通知;以及响应于确定所述多个警报不满足所述分组标准,显示表示所述多个警报的多个通知。According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs including instructions is disclosed. The instructions, when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display, cause the electronic device to: receive a plurality of alerts; in response to receiving the plurality of alerts, determine whether the plurality of alerts meet a grouping criterion; in response to determining that the plurality of alerts meet the grouping criterion, display a notification representing a grouping of the plurality of alerts; and in response to determining that the plurality of alerts do not meet the grouping criterion, display a plurality of notifications representing the plurality of alerts.

根据一些实施例,公开了一种存储包括指令的一个或多个程序的非瞬态计算机可读存储介质。所述指令当由具有触敏显示器的电子设备的一个或多个处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备:在活跃地显示内容时,接收包括信息的警报;响应于接收到所述警报,跨显示器的一部分来显示通知横幅,其中所述通知横幅包括所述信息的第一部分并且其中所述内容的至少一部分继续被显示;检测所述触敏显示器上的对应于所述通知横幅的位置处的接触;以及响应于检测到所述接触,显示所述信息的第二部分,其中所述第二部分与所述第一部分不同。In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs including instructions is disclosed. The instructions, when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, cause the electronic device to: while actively displaying content, receive an alert including information; in response to receiving the alert, display a notification banner across a portion of the display, wherein the notification banner includes a first portion of the information and wherein at least a portion of the content continues to be displayed; detect a contact on the touch-sensitive display at a location corresponding to the notification banner; and in response to detecting the contact, display a second portion of the information, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion.

根据一些实施例,公开了一种存储包括指令的一个或多个程序的非瞬态计算机可读存储介质。所述指令当由具有显示器的电子设备的一个或多个处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备:接收包括信息的警报;响应于接收到所述警报,发出感知输出;检测用户输入;确定是否在所述感知输出后的预定时间间隔内检测到所述用户输入;以及根据确定在所述预定时间间隔内检测到所述用户输入,在所述显示器上显示通知,其中所述通知包括所述信息的第一部分。According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs including instructions is disclosed. The instructions, when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display, cause the electronic device to: receive an alert including information; in response to receiving the alert, issue a sensory output; detect user input; determine whether the user input is detected within a predetermined time interval after the sensory output; and, based on determining that the user input is detected within the predetermined time interval, display a notification on the display, wherein the notification includes a first portion of the information.

根据一些实施例,公开了一种存储包括指令的一个或多个程序的非瞬态计算机可读存储介质。所述指令当由具有显示器的电子设备的一个或多个处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备:接收多个警报;响应于接收到所述多个警报,确定所述多个警报是否满足分组标准;根据确定所述多个警报满足所述分组标准,显示表示所述多个警报的分组的通知;以及响应于确定所述多个警报不满足所述分组标准,显示表示所述多个警报的多个通知。According to some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs including instructions is disclosed. The instructions, when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device having a display, cause the electronic device to: receive a plurality of alerts; in response to receiving the plurality of alerts, determine whether the plurality of alerts meet a grouping criterion; in response to determining that the plurality of alerts meet the grouping criterion, display a notification representing a grouping of the plurality of alerts; and in response to determining that the plurality of alerts do not meet the grouping criterion, display a plurality of notifications representing the plurality of alerts.

根据一些实施例,公开了一种存储包括指令的一个或多个程序的非瞬态计算机可读存储介质。所述指令当由具有触敏显示器的电子设备的一个或多个处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备:在活跃地显示内容时,接收包括信息的警报;响应于接收到所述警报,跨显示器的一部分来显示通知横幅,其中所述通知横幅包括所述信息的第一部分并且其中所述内容的至少一部分继续被显示;检测所述触敏显示器上的对应于所述通知横幅的位置处的接触;以及响应于检测到所述接触,显示所述信息的第二部分,其中所述第二部分与所述第一部分不同。In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs including instructions is disclosed. The instructions, when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, cause the electronic device to: while actively displaying content, receive an alert including information; in response to receiving the alert, display a notification banner across a portion of the display, wherein the notification banner includes a first portion of the information and wherein at least a portion of the content continues to be displayed; detect a contact on the touch-sensitive display at a location corresponding to the notification banner; and in response to detecting the contact, display a second portion of the information, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion.

一种电子设备,包括:显示器;一个或多个处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个程序,其中所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中并且被配置为由所述一个或多个处理器执行,所述一个或多个程序包括指令,所述指令用于:接收包括信息的警报,以及响应于接收到所述警报,发出感知输出;检测用户输入以及确定是否在所述感知输出后的预定时间间隔内检测到所述用户输入;根据确定在所述预定时间间隔内检测到所述用户输入,在所述显示器上显示通知,其中所述通知包括所述信息的第一部分。An electronic device comprises: a display; one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and are configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising instructions for: receiving an alert comprising information, and in response to receiving the alert, issuing a sensory output; detecting user input and determining whether the user input is detected within a predetermined time interval after the sensory output; and displaying a notification on the display based on determining that the user input is detected within the predetermined time interval, wherein the notification comprises a first portion of the information.

一种电子设备,包括:显示器;一个或多个处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个程序,其中所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中并且被配置为由所述一个或多个处理器执行,所述一个或多个程序包括指令,所述指令用于:接收第一警报和第二警报,以及响应于接收到所述第一警报和所述第二警报,确定所述第一警报和所述第二警报是否满足分组标准;响应于确定所述第一警报和所述第二警报满足所述分组标准,显示表示所述第一警报和所述第二警报的分组的通知;响应于确定所述第一警报和所述第二警报不满足所述分组标准,显示表示所述第一警报的第一通知,以及将所述第一通知的显示替换为表示所述第二警报的第二通知的显示。An electronic device comprises: a display; one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and are configured to be executed by the one or more processors, and the one or more programs include instructions for: receiving a first alarm and a second alarm, and in response to receiving the first alarm and the second alarm, determining whether the first alarm and the second alarm meet a grouping criterion; in response to determining that the first alarm and the second alarm meet the grouping criterion, displaying a notification representing the grouping of the first alarm and the second alarm; in response to determining that the first alarm and the second alarm do not meet the grouping criterion, displaying a first notification representing the first alarm, and replacing the display of the first notification with the display of the second notification representing the second alarm.

一种电子设备,包括:触敏显示器;一个或多个处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个程序,其中所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中并且被配置为由所述一个或多个处理器执行,所述一个或多个程序包括指令,所述指令用于:接收包括信息的警报以及响应于接收到所述警报,跨显示器的一部分来显示通知横幅,其中所述通知横幅包括所述信息的第一部分并且其中所述内容的至少一部分继续被显示;检测所述显示器上的对应于所述通知横幅的位置处的接触;以及响应于检测到所述接触,显示所述信息的第二部分,其中所述第二部分与所述第一部分不同。An electronic device comprising: a touch-sensitive display; one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and are configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising instructions for: receiving an alert comprising information and, in response to receiving the alert, displaying a notification banner across a portion of the display, wherein the notification banner comprises a first portion of the information and wherein at least a portion of the content continues to be displayed; detecting contact at a location on the display corresponding to the notification banner; and, in response to detecting the contact, displaying a second portion of the information, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion.

用于执行这些功能的可执行指令可选地被包括在非瞬态计算机可读存储介质或者被配置用于由一个或多个处理器执行的其他计算机程序产品中。用于执行这些功能的可执行指令可选地被包括在瞬态计算机可读存储介质或者被配置用于由一个或多个处理器执行的其他计算机程序产品中。Executable instructions for performing these functions are optionally included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program products configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are optionally included in a transient computer-readable storage medium or other computer program products configured for execution by one or more processors.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

为了更好地理解所描述的各种实施例,应当结合以下附图参考以下实施例的描述,在附图中相似的参考标号贯穿附图指代对应的部分。For a better understanding of the various embodiments described, reference should be made to the following description of the embodiments in conjunction with the following drawings, in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the drawings.

图1A是图示了根据一些实施例的具有触敏显示器的便携式多功能设备的框图。Figure 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.

图1B是图示了根据一些实施例的用于事件处理的示例性部件的框图。FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event processing according to some embodiments.

图2图示了根据一些实施例的具有触摸屏的便携式多功能设备。FIG2 illustrates a portable multifunction device with a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.

图3是根据一些实施例的具有显示器和触敏表面的示例性多功能设备的框图。3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.

图4A图示了根据一些实施例的用于便携式多功能设备上的应用的菜单的示例性用户界面。4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.

图4B图示了根据一些实施例的用于具有与显示器分离的触敏表面的多功能设备的示例性用户界面。4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.

图5A图示了根据一些实施例的个人电子设备。FIG5A illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

图5B是图示了根据一些实施例的个人电子设备的框图。5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.

图5C图示了利用强度传感器的接触检测。FIG5C illustrates contact detection using an intensity sensor.

图5D图示了向接触指配聚合强度。FIG5D illustrates the assignment of polymerization strengths to contacts.

图5E-5H图示了具有接触强度的手势的检测。5E-5H illustrate detection of gestures with contact intensity.

图6A-6C图示了示例性用户界面。6A-6C illustrate exemplary user interfaces.

图7图示了示例性用户界面。FIG7 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图8图示了示例性用户界面。FIG8 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图9图示了示例性用户界面。FIG9 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图10图示了示例性用户界面。FIG10 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图11图示了示例性用户界面。FIG11 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图12A-C图示了示例性用户界面。12A-C illustrate exemplary user interfaces.

图13A-B图示了示例性用户界面。13A-B illustrate exemplary user interfaces.

图14图示了示例性用户界面。FIG14 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图15图示了示例性用户界面。FIG15 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图16图示了示例性用户界面。FIG16 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图17图示了示例性用户界面。FIG17 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图18图示了示例性用户界面。FIG18 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图19图示了示例性用户界面。FIG19 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图20图示了示例性用户界面。FIG20 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图21图示了示例性用户界面。FIG21 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图22图示了示例性用户界面。FIG22 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图23A-23C图示了示例性用户界面。23A-23C illustrate exemplary user interfaces.

图24图示了示例性用户界面。FIG24 illustrates an exemplary user interface.

图25图示了用于管理警报的示例性过程。FIG. 25 illustrates an exemplary process for managing alerts.

图26图示了用于管理警报的示例性过程。FIG. 26 illustrates an exemplary process for managing alerts.

图27图示了用于管理警报的示例性过程。FIG. 27 illustrates an exemplary process for managing alerts.

图28-31图示了根据一些实施例的电子设备的示例性功能框图。28-31 illustrate exemplary functional block diagrams of electronic devices in accordance with some embodiments.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

以下描述阐述了示例性方法、参数等。然而,应当认识到,这样的描述不旨在作为对本公开的范围的限制,而是被提供作为示例性实施例的描述。The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, etc. However, it should be recognized that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure, but is provided as a description of exemplary embodiments.

如以上讨论的,被配置为由用户穿戴的尺寸减小的个人电子设备可以使得用户能够例如经由用户界面查看并响应各种警报,诸如文本消息、电子邮件、语音邮件、音频消息、股票警报、闹钟、日历警报、健身警报、商店优惠券或者忠诚计划警报。然而,存在与在尺寸减小的设备上查看并响应警报相关联的若干挑战。例如,被设计用于较大屏幕的用户界面方式可能在具有尺寸减小的屏幕的电子设备上无法正常工作。例如,较小的屏幕尺寸可能使得读取与警报相关联的文本内容或者向触摸屏提供准确的输入具有挑战性。可能没有足够的屏幕空间来显示详细的设备使用指令,因此使得用户界面能够直观地学习和使用变得重要。有限的屏幕尺寸可能使得显示多个平铺的屏幕变得不切实际;因此,将一个屏幕替换为另一个屏幕并且限制在单个屏幕上显示的信息量可能是更有效的用户界面策略。As discussed above, a reduced-size personal electronic device configured to be worn by a user can enable the user to view and respond to various alerts, such as text messages, emails, voicemails, audio messages, stock alerts, alarms, calendar alerts, fitness alerts, store coupons, or loyalty program alerts, for example, via a user interface. However, there are several challenges associated with viewing and responding to alerts on a reduced-size device. For example, user interface approaches designed for larger screens may not function properly on an electronic device with a reduced-size screen. For example, a smaller screen size may make it challenging to read text associated with an alert or provide accurate input to a touch screen. There may not be enough screen space to display detailed device usage instructions, so it is important to make the user interface intuitive to learn and use. Limited screen size may make it impractical to display multiple tiled screens; therefore, replacing one screen with another and limiting the amount of information displayed on a single screen may be a more effective user interface strategy.

除了以上可用性的顾虑之外,如果尺寸减小的电子设备被用户穿戴在外部(例如,通过将其附接到衬衫、腰带、手镯或者项链)而不是如诸如蜂窝电话或膝上型计算机的较大电子设备所常见的被携带在口袋、手提箱或者钱包中,可能存在隐私顾虑。用户可能担心附近的其他人将能够查看警报,因此可能令人期望的是这样的用户界面允许用户控制何时显示警报内容以及有多少警报内容被显示。此外,如果设备被用户穿戴并且因此与例如蜂窝电话相比与用户更紧密地接触,则可能令人期望的是这样的用户界面不会通过频繁的中断来干扰用户。理想地,用户界面应当使得用户快速、容易和直观地查看和响应尺寸减小的个人电子设备上的警报。这样的技术能够减少对使用警报的用户的认知负荷,从而提高生产率。进一步地,这样的技术能够减少否则浪费在冗余的用户输入上的处理器和电池功率。In addition to the above usability concerns, there may be privacy concerns if the reduced-size electronic device is worn externally by the user (e.g., by attaching it to a shirt, belt, bracelet, or necklace) rather than being carried in a pocket, suitcase, or purse as is common with larger electronic devices such as cell phones or laptop computers. The user may be concerned that others nearby will be able to view the alert, so it may be desirable that such a user interface allows the user to control when the alert content is displayed and how much alert content is displayed. In addition, if the device is worn by the user and is therefore in closer contact with the user than, for example, a cell phone, it may be desirable that such a user interface does not interfere with the user through frequent interruptions. Ideally, the user interface should make it quick, easy, and intuitive for the user to view and respond to alerts on the reduced-size personal electronic device. Such technology can reduce the cognitive load on the user using the alert, thereby improving productivity. Further, such technology can reduce processor and battery power that would otherwise be wasted on redundant user input.

下面,图1A-1B、2、3、4A-4B和5A-5B提供用于执行用来管理警报通知的技术的示例性设备的描述。图6A-24图示了用于管理警报通知的示例性用户界面。图中的用户界面也被用来图示以下描述的过程,包括图25-27中的过程。Below, Figures 1A-1B, 2, 3, 4A-4B, and 5A-5B provide descriptions of exemplary devices for performing techniques for managing alert notifications. Figures 6A-24 illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing alert notifications. The user interfaces in the figures are also used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 25-27.

尽管以下描述使用术语“第一”、“第二”等来描述各种元素,这些元素不应当被该术语所限制。这些术语仅用于区分一个元素和另一个元素。例如,在不偏离所描述的各种实施例的范围的情况下,第一触摸可以被称为第二触摸,并且类似地,第二触摸可以被称为第一触摸。第一触摸和第二触摸两者都是触摸,但是它们不是相同的触摸。Although the following description uses the terms "first," "second," etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch may be referred to as a second touch, and similarly, a second touch may be referred to as a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various embodiments described. Both the first touch and the second touch are touches, but they are not the same touch.

在本文中所描述的各种实施例的描述中使用的技术术语仅是出于描述特定实施例的目的,而不旨在于限制。如在所描述的各种实施例的描述和所附权利要求中使用的,单数形式“一”和“该”旨在于也包括复数形式,除非上下文另外明确地指明。还将理解的是,本文中使用的术语“和/或”指代和包含相关联的列出的项目中的一个或多个项目的任意和全部可能的组合。将进一步理解的是,术语“包括”、“包含”和/或“含有”当在本说明书中被使用时,指定所陈述的特征、整数、步骤、操作、元素和/或部件的存在,但不排除一个或多个其他特征、整数、步骤、操作、元素、部件和/或其群组的存在或添加。The technical terms used in the description of the various embodiments described herein are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments and are not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various embodiments described and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a" and "the" are intended to also include plural forms, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the terms "and/or" used herein refer to and include any and all possible combinations of one or more items in the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms "comprises," "comprising," and/or "containing" when used in this specification specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or parts, but do not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, parts, and/or groups thereof.

术语“如果”可以根据上下文被理解为意指“当……时”或者“在……时”或者“响应于确定”或者“响应于检测到”。类似地,短语“如果确定”或者“如果检测到[所陈述的条件或事件]”可以根据上下文被理解为意指“在确定……时”或者“响应于确定”或者“在检测到[所陈述的条件或事件]时”或者“响应于检测到[所陈述的条件或事件]”。The term "if" may be understood to mean "when" or "upon" or "in response to determining" or "in response to detecting," depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase "if it is determined" or "if [stated condition or event] is detected" may be understood to mean "upon determining" or "in response to determining" or "upon detecting [stated condition or event]" or "in response to detecting [stated condition or event]," depending on the context.

描述了电子设备、用于这样的设备的用户界面以及用于使用这样的设备的相关联的过程。在一些实施例中,该设备是便携式通信设备,诸如移动电话,其也包含其他功能,诸如PDA和/或音乐播放器功能。便携式多功能设备的示例性实施例包括但不限于来自加州库比蒂诺的苹果公司的iPod和可选地使用其他便携式电子设备,诸如具有触敏表面(例如,触摸屏显示器和/或触摸板)的膝上型或平板计算机。还应当理解的是,在一些实施例中,设备不是便携式通信设备,而是具有触敏表面(例如,触摸屏显示器和/或触摸板)的台式计算机。Electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communication device, such as a mobile phone, which also includes other functionality, such as a PDA and/or music player functionality. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, but are not limited to, the iPod from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California, and optionally other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touch pads). It should also be understood that in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communication device, but rather a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touch pads).

在以下的讨论中,描述了包括显示器和触敏表面的电子设备。然而,应当理解的是,该电子设备可选地包括一个或多个物理用户界面设备,诸如物理键盘、鼠标和/或操纵杆。In the following discussion, an electronic device including a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. However, it should be understood that the electronic device can optionally include one or more physical user interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, mouse, and/or joystick.

该设备可以支持各种应用,诸如以下的一个或多个:绘图应用、演示应用、文字处理应用、网站创建应用、磁盘创作应用、电子表格应用、游戏应用、电话应用、视频会议应用、电子邮件应用、即时消息应用、锻炼支持应用、照片管理应用、数字相机应用、数字摄像机应用、web浏览应用、数字音乐播放器应用和/或数字视频播放器应用。The device can support various applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk creation application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephony application, a video conferencing application, an email application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital camcorder application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.

执行在该设备上的各种应用可选地使用至少一个常用物理用户界面设备,诸如触敏表面。触敏表面的一个或多个功能以及在该设备上显示的对应信息从一个应用到下一应用和/或在相应应用内可选地被调整和/或改变。这样,设备的常用物理架构(诸如触敏表面)可选地支持具有对用户直观和透明的用户界面的各种应用。Various applications executing on the device optionally use at least one common physical user interface device, such as a touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface and corresponding information displayed on the device are optionally adjusted and/or changed from one application to the next and/or within a corresponding application. In this way, the common physical architecture of the device (such as a touch-sensitive surface) optionally supports a variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.

现在将注意力指向具有触敏显示器的便携式设备的实施例。图1A是图示了根据一些实施例的具有触敏显示系统112的便携式多功能设备100的框图。触敏显示器112有时为了方便被称为“触摸屏”,并且有时被称为或叫为“触敏显示系统”。设备100具有存储器102(其可选地包括一个或多个计算机可读存储介质)、存储器控制器122、一个或多个处理单元(CPU)120、外围设备接口118、RF电路108、音频电路110、扬声器111、麦克风113、输入/输出(I/O)子系统106、其他输入控制设备116和外部端口124。设备100可选地包括一个或多个光学传感器164。设备100可选地包括用于在设备100上检测接触的强度的一个或多个接触强度传感器165(例如,诸如设备100的触敏显示系统112的触敏表面)。设备100可选地包括用于在设备100上生成触觉输出的一个或多个触感(tactile)输出生成器167(例如,在诸如设备100的触敏显示系统112的触敏表面或者设备300的触摸板355上生成触觉输出)。这些部件可选地通过一个或多个通信总线或者信号线103来通信。Attention is now directed to embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays. Figure 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device 100 with a touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes referred to as a "touch screen" for convenience, and is sometimes referred to as or referred to as a "touch-sensitive display system." Device 100 has memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage media), a memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, a peripheral device interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, a speaker 111, a microphone 113, an input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external ports 124. Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contact on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as the touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile output on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile output on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components optionally communicate via one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.

如在说明书和权利要求中使用的,术语触敏表面上接触的“强度”指代触敏表面上接触(例如,手指接触)的力或压力(每单位面积的力),或者用于触敏表面上接触的力或压力的替代者(代理)。接触的强度具有包括至少四个不同的值并且更典型地包括数百个不同的值(例如,至少256)的值的范围。可选地使用各种方式和各种传感器或者传感器的组合来确定(测量)接触的强度。例如,在触敏表面下或者邻近触敏表面的一个或多个力传感器可选地被用于测量触敏表面上的各点处的力。在一些实施例中,来自多个力传感器的力测量值被组合(例如,加权平均)以确定接触的估计的力。类似地,触针的压敏尖端可选地被用于确定触敏表面上的触针的压力。备选地,在触敏表面上检测到的接触面积的大小和/或其改变、接近触点的触敏表面的电容和/或其改变、和/或接近触点的触敏表面的电阻和/或其改变可选地被用作用于触敏表面上接触的力或压力的替代者。在一些实施方式中,用于接触力或压力的替代测量值被直接用于确定是否已超过轻度阈值(例如以与替代测量值对应的单位描述的强度阈值)。在一些实施方式中,用于接触力或压力的替代测量值被转换为估计的力或压力,并且估计的力或压力被用于确定是否已经超过强度阈值(例如,强度阈值是以压力的单位来测量的压力阈值)。使用接触的强度作为用户输入的属性考虑到用户对附加的设备功能的访问,否则该附加的设备功能可能不能由用户在具有用于显示可供件(affordance)(例如,在触敏显示器上)和/或接收用户输入(例如,经由触敏显示器、触敏表面或者诸如旋钮或按钮的物理的/机械的控制)的有限的不动产的尺寸减小的设备上访问。As used in the specification and claims, the term "intensity" of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or a surrogate (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four different values and more typically includes hundreds of different values (e.g., at least 256). Various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors are optionally used to determine (measure) the intensity of a contact. For example, one or more force sensors under or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are optionally used to measure the force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., weighted averaged) to determine an estimated force of the contact. Similarly, the pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is optionally used to determine the pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or its change, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface in proximity to the contact and/or its change, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface in proximity to the contact and/or its change are optionally used as a surrogate for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the surrogate measurement for contact force or pressure is used directly to determine whether a lightness threshold has been exceeded (e.g., an intensity threshold described in units corresponding to the surrogate measurement). In some embodiments, the surrogate measurement for contact force or pressure is converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of the contact as an attribute of the user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that might otherwise not be accessible to the user on a reduced size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, touch-sensitive surface, or physical/mechanical controls such as knobs or buttons).

如在说明书和权利要求中使用的,术语“触觉输出”指代设备相对于设备的之前位置的物理位移、设备的部件(例如,触敏表面)相对于设备的另一部件(例如,外壳)的物理位移、或者将由用户利用用户的触摸感觉检测到的部件相对于设备的重心的位移。例如,在设备或者设备的部件处于与对触摸敏感的用户的表面(例如,手指、手掌或者用户的手的其他部分)接触的情况下,由物理位移生成的触觉输出将被用户解释为对应于设备或设备的部件的物理特性上的感知改变的触感知觉。例如,触敏表面(例如,触敏显示器或者触控板)的移动可选地被用户解释为物理致动器按钮的“向下点击”或“向上点击”。在一些情况下,即使在没有由用户的运动物理地按压的(例如,移位的)与触敏表面相关联的物理致动器按钮的移动时,用户将感觉诸如“向下点击”或“向上点击”的触感知觉。作为另一示例,即使在没有触敏表面的光滑度上的改变时,触敏表面的移动可选地被用户解释或感觉为触敏表面的“粗糙度”。虽然由用户触摸的这样的解释将受制于用户的个体化的感官知觉,但是存在对于大多数用户共同的许多触摸的感官知觉。因此,当触觉输出被描述为对应于用户的特定感官知觉(例如,“向上点击”、“向下点击”、“粗糙度”)时,除非另外指明,生成的触觉输出对应于设备或其部件的将生成针对典型(或平均)用户的描述的感官知觉的物理位移。As used in the specification and claims, the term "tactile output" refers to a physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, a physical displacement of a component of a device (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) relative to another component of the device (e.g., a housing), or a displacement of a component relative to the center of gravity of the device that will be detected by a user using the user's sense of touch. For example, when a device or a component of the device is in contact with a touch-sensitive surface of a user (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of the user's hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in a physical property of the device or component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is optionally interpreted by the user as a "down click" or "up click" of a physical actuator button. In some cases, the user will feel a tactile sensation such as a "down click" or "up click" even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movement. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface may, optionally, be interpreted or sensed by the user as "roughness" of the touch-sensitive surface even in the absence of a change in the smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretation of touch by a user will be subject to the user's individualized sensory perception, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to most users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., "up click," "down click," "roughness"), unless otherwise specified, the generated tactile output corresponds to a physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that would generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.

应当理解的是,设备100仅是便携式多功能设备的一个示例,并且设备100可选地具有与所示相比更多或更少的部件、可选地合并两个或更多部件、或者可选地具有部件的不同配置或布置。图1A中所示的各种部件被实现在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路的硬件、软件、或者硬件和软件两者的组合中。It should be understood that device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 may alternatively have more or fewer components than shown, may alternatively incorporate two or more components, or may alternatively have a different configuration or arrangement of components. The various components shown in FIG1A are implemented in hardware, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits, software, or a combination of both hardware and software.

存储器102可以包括一个或多个计算机可读存储介质。计算机可读存储介质可以是有形的和非瞬态的。存储器102可以包括高速随机存取存储器并且还可以包括非易失性存储器,诸如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪速存储器设备或其他非易失性固态存储器设备。存储器控制器122可以控制由设备100的其他部件对存储器102的访问。Memory 102 may include one or more computer-readable storage media. Computer-readable storage media may be tangible and non-transitory. Memory 102 may include high-speed random access memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller 122 may control access to memory 102 by other components of device 100.

外围设备接口118可以被用来将设备的输入和输出外设耦合到CPU 120和存储器102。一个或多个处理器120运行或者执行存储在存储器102中的各种软件程序和/或指令集以执行用于设备100的各种功能并处理数据。在一些实施例中,外围设备接口118、CPU 120和存储器控制器122可以被实现在单个芯片上,诸如芯片104。在一些其他实施例中,它们可以被实现在单独的芯片上。Peripherals interface 118 may be used to couple the device's input and output peripherals to CPU 120 and memory 102. One or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or instruction sets stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for device 100 and process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 may be implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some other embodiments, they may be implemented on separate chips.

RF(射频)电路108接收和发送RF信号,也称为电磁信号。RF电路108将电信号转化为电磁信号/从电磁信号转化电信号并且经由该电磁信号与通信网络以及其他通信设备通信。RF电路108可选地包括用于执行这些功能的公知的电路,包括但不限于天线系统、RF收发器、一个或多个放大器、调谐器、一个或多个振荡器、数字信号处理器、CODEC芯片组、用户标识模块(SIM)卡、存储器等。RF电路108可选地与诸如也被称为万维网(WWW)的因特网的网络、诸如蜂窝电话网络、无线局域网(LAN)和/或城域网的无线网络通信以及通过无线通信与其他设备通信。RF电路108可选地包括用于诸如通过短距离通信无线电检测近场通信(NFC)场的公知的电路。无线通信可选地使用多个通信标准、协议和技术中的任何标准、协议和技术,包括但不限于全球移动通信系统(GSM)、增强型数据GSM环境(EDGE)、高速下行分组接入(HSDPA)、高速上行分组接入(HSUPA)、演进纯数据(EV-DO)、HSPA、HSPA+、双小区HSPA(DC-HSPDA)、长期演进(LTE)、近场通信(NFC)、宽带码分多址(W-CDMA)、码分多址(CDMA)、时分多址(TDMA)、蓝牙、蓝牙低功耗(BTLE)、无线保真(Wi-Fi)(例如,IEEE 802.11a、IEEE802.11b、IEEE 802.11g、IEEE 802.11n、和/或IEEE 802.11ac)、互联网协议语音(VoIP)、Wi-MAX、用于电子邮件的协议(例如,互联网消息访问协议(IMAP)和/或邮局协议(POP))、即时消息收发(例如,可扩展消息收发和表示协议(XMPP)、针对即时消息收发和表示利用扩展的会话发起协议(SIMPLE)、即时消息收发和表示服务(IMPS))、和/或短消息服务(SMS)或者任何其他适当的通信协议,包括截止到本文档的提交日尚未开发的通信协议。RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and transmits RF signals, also known as electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals into/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with a communication network and other communication devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and the like. RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks such as the Internet, also known as the World Wide Web (WWW), wireless networks such as cellular telephone networks, wireless local area networks (LANs), and/or metropolitan area networks, as well as with other devices via wireless communications. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near-field communication (NFC) fields, such as via short-range communication radios. The wireless communication may optionally use any of a number of communication standards, protocols and techniques, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA), High Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA), Evolution Data Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), Near Field Communication (NFC), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (W-CDMA), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11d). 802.11ac), Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, protocols for email (e.g., Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) and/or Post Office Protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol with Extensions for Instant Messaging and Presence (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communications protocol, including communications protocols that have not yet been developed as of the filing date of this document.

音频电路110、扬声器111和麦克风113提供用户和设备100之间的音频接口。音频电路110接收来自外围设备接口118的音频数据,将该音频数据转换为电信号并且向扬声器111传输该电信号。扬声器111将电信号转换为人耳可以听见的声波。音频电路110还接收由麦克风113从声波转换的电信号。音频电路110将该电信号转换为音频数据并且向外围设备接口118传输该音频数据以用于处理。音频数据可以由外围设备接口118从存储器102和/或RF电路108取回和/或向存储器102和/或RF电路108传输。在一些实施例中,音频电路110还包括耳机接口(例如,图2的212)。耳机接口提供音频电路110和可拆卸音频输入/输出外设(诸如,仅具有输出的耳机或者具有输出(例如,用于一只或两只耳朵的耳机)和输入(例如,麦克风)的耳机)之间的接口。The audio circuit 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between the user and the device 100. The audio circuit 110 receives audio data from the peripheral device interface 118, converts the audio data into an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to the speaker 111. The speaker 111 converts the electrical signal into sound waves that can be heard by the human ear. The audio circuit 110 also receives an electrical signal converted from the sound wave by the microphone 113. The audio circuit 110 converts the electrical signal into audio data and transmits the audio data to the peripheral device interface 118 for processing. The audio data can be retrieved from the memory 102 and/or the RF circuit 108 by the peripheral device interface 118 and/or transmitted to the memory 102 and/or the RF circuit 108. In some embodiments, the audio circuit 110 also includes a headphone jack (e.g., 212 in FIG. 2). The headphone jack provides an interface between the audio circuit 110 and a detachable audio input/output peripheral (such as a headset with only output or a headset with output (e.g., headset for one or both ears) and input (e.g., microphone)).

I/O子系统106将设备100上的输入/输出外设,诸如触摸屏112和其他输入控制设备116,耦合至外围设备接口118。I/O子系统106可选地包括显示器控制器156、光学传感器控制器158、强度传感器控制器159、触觉(haptic)反馈控制器161、以及用于其他输入或控制设备的一个或多个输入控制器160。一个或多个输入控制器160从其他输入控制设备116接收电信号或者向其他输入控制设备116发送电信号。其他输入控制设备116可选地包括物理按钮(例如,推动按钮、波动按钮等)、拨号盘、滑块开关、操纵杆、点击式转盘等。在一些备选实施例中,输入控制器160可选地被耦合至以下的任一项(没有一项):键盘、红外端口、USB端口以及诸如鼠标的定点设备。一个或多个按钮(例如,图2的208)可选地包括用于扬声器111和/或麦克风113的音量控制的上/下按钮。一个或多个按钮可选地包括推动按钮(例如,图2的206)。The I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on the device 100, such as the touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116, to the peripherals interface 118. The I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes a display controller 156, an optical sensor controller 158, an intensity sensor controller 159, a haptic feedback controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive electrical signals from or send electrical signals to the other input control devices 116. The other input control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, wave buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, etc. In some alternative embodiments, the input controllers 160 are optionally coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointing device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208 in FIG. 2 ) optionally include up/down buttons for volume control of the speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (eg, 206 of FIG. 2 ).

如在于2005年12月23日提交的标题为“Unlocking a Device by PerformingGestures on an Unlock Image”的美国专利申请第11/322,549号、美国专利第7,657,849号中所描述的,推动按钮的快速按压可以解除触摸屏112的锁定或者开始在触摸屏上使用手势来解锁设备的过程,该专利通过引用以其整体被并入于此。推动按钮(例如,206)的较长的按压可以使设备100开机或者关机。用户可以能够定制按钮中的一个或多个按钮的功能。触摸屏112被用来实现虚拟或软按钮以及一个或多个软按钮。As described in U.S. Patent Application No. 11/322,549, filed December 23, 2005, entitled "Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image," and U.S. Patent No. 7,657,849, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety, a quick press of the push button can unlock the touch screen 112 or begin the process of using gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 206) can turn the device 100 on or off. The user can customize the function of one or more of the buttons. The touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft buttons.

触敏显示器112提供设备和用户之间的输入接口和输出接口。显示器控制器156从触摸屏112接收电信号或者向触摸屏112发送电信号。触摸屏112向用户显示视觉输出。视觉输出可以包括图形、文本、图标、视频及其任意组合(统称为“图形”)。在一些实施例中,一些或者全部的视觉输出可以对应于用户界面对象。The touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and the user. The display controller 156 receives electrical signals from the touch screen 112 or sends electrical signals to the touch screen 112. The touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output may include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively referred to as "graphics"). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output may correspond to user interface objects.

触摸屏112具有基于触觉和/或触感接触接受来自用户的输入的触敏表面、传感器或者传感器的集合。触摸屏112和显示器控制器156(连同存储器102中任何相关联的模块和/或指令集)检测触摸屏112上的接触(以及接触的任何移动或者中断)并且将检测到的接触转换为与被显示在触摸屏112上的用户界面对象(例如,一个或多个软按键、图标、网页或者图像)的交互。在示例性实施例中,触摸屏112和用户之间的接触点对应于用户的手指。The touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or collection of sensors that accepts input from a user based on tactile and/or haptic contact. The touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (together with any associated modules and/or instruction sets in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or interruption of contact) on the touch screen 112 and convert the detected contact into interaction with a user interface object (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) displayed on the touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, the point of contact between the touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to the user's finger.

尽管在其他实施例中可以使用其他显示器技术,触摸屏112可以使用LCD(液晶显示器)技术、LPD(发光聚合物显示器)技术、或者LED(发光二极管)技术。触摸屏112和显示器控制器156可以使用现在已知或者将来开发的多个触摸感测技术中的任何触摸感测技术,包括但不限于电容式、电阻式、红外式和表面声波技术,以及其他接近传感器阵列或者用于确定与触摸屏112的一个或多个接触点的其他元件,来检测接触及其任何移动或中断。在示例性实施例中,使用了投射式互电容感测技术,诸如在来自加州库比蒂诺的苹果公司的和iPod的技术。The touch screen 112 may use LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies may be used in other embodiments. The touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 may use any of a number of touch sensing technologies now known or developed in the future, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with the touch screen 112, to detect contact and any movement or interruption thereof. In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that used in the iPhone and iPod Touch from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.

在触摸屏112的一些实施例中,触敏显示器可以类似于在以下美国专利中所描述的多点触敏触摸板:6,323,846(Westerman等)、6,570,557(Westerman等)、和/或6,677,932(Westerman)、和/或美国专利出版物2002/0015024A1,其中的每一个通过引用以其整体被并入于此。然而,触摸屏112显示来自设备100的视觉输出,但是触敏触摸板不提供视觉输出。In some embodiments of touch screen 112, the touch-sensitive display may be similar to the multi-touch-sensitive touchpads described in U.S. Patents 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100, whereas a touch-sensitive touchpad does not provide visual output.

在触摸屏112的一些实施例中,触敏显示器可以如在以下美国申请中所描述的:(1)于2006年5月2日提交的标题为““Multipoint Touch Surface Controller”的美国专利申请第11/381,313号;(2)于2004年5月6日提交的标题为“Multipoint Touchscreen”的美国专利申请第10/840,862号;(3)于2004年7月30日提交的标题为“Gestures For TouchSensitive Input Devices”的美国专利申请第10/903,964号;(4)于2005年1月31日提交的标题为“Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices”的美国专利申请第11/048,264号;(5)于2005年1月18日提交的标题为“Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces ForTouch Sensitive Input Devices”的美国专利申请第11/038,590号;(6)于2005年9月16日提交的标题为“Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface”的美国专利申请第11/228,758号;(7)于2005年9月16日提交的标题为“Operation Of AComputer With A Touch Screen Interface”的美国专利申请第11/228,700号;(8)于2005年9月16日提交的标题为“Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen VirtualKeyboard”的美国专利申请第11/228,737号;以及(9)于2006年3月3日提交的标题为“Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device”的美国专利申请第11/367,749号。所有这些申请通过引用以其整体被并入于此。In some embodiments of the touch screen 112, the touch-sensitive display may be as described in the following U.S. applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, filed May 2, 2006, entitled “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller”; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, filed May 6, 2004, entitled “Multipoint Touchscreen”; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, filed July 30, 2004, entitled “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices”; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, filed January 31, 2005, entitled “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices”; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/086,694, filed January 18, 2005, entitled “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input No. 11/038,590, entitled “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed on September 16, 2005; (6) U.S. patent application No. 11/228,758, entitled “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed on September 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patent application No. 11/228,700, entitled “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed on September 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application No. 11/228,737, entitled “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed on September 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application No. 11/367,749, entitled “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed on March 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

触摸屏112可以具有超过100dpi的视频分辨率。在一些实施例中,触摸屏具有大约160dpi的视频分辨率。用户可以使用任何适当的对象或者附加物,诸如触针、手指等来与触摸屏112接触。在一些实施例中,用户界面被设计为主要利用基于手指的接触和手势来工作,由于在触摸屏上的手指的接触的较大面积,基于手指的接触和手势与基于触针的输入相比可以没那么精确。在一些实施例中,设备将粗略的基于手指的输入转换为精确的指针/光标位置或者用于执行用户所期望的动作的命令。The touch screen 112 can have a video resolution exceeding 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user can use any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, finger, etc., to contact the touch screen 112. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device converts the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the action desired by the user.

在一些实施例中,除了触摸屏,设备100可以包括用于激活或者去活特定功能的触摸板(未示出)。在一些实施例中,触摸板是设备的触敏区域,不同于触摸屏的是,其不显示视觉输出。触摸板可以是与触摸屏112分离的触敏表面或者由触摸屏形成的触敏表面的扩展。In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100 may include a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating specific functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike a touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad can be a touch-sensitive surface separate from touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.

设备100还包括用于为各种部件供电的电力系统162。电力系统162可以包括电力管理系统、一个或多个电源(例如,电池、交流(AC)、充电系统、电力故障检测电路、电力转换器或者逆变器、电力状态指示器(例如,发光二极管(LED))以及与便携式设备中电源的生成、管理和分配相关联的任何其他部件。Device 100 also includes a power system 162 for powering the various components. Power system 162 may include a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., batteries, alternating current (AC), a charging system, power fault detection circuitry, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light emitting diode (LED)), and any other components associated with the generation, management, and distribution of power in a portable device.

设备100还可以包括一个或多个光学传感器164。图1A示出了耦合至I/O子系统106中的光学传感器控制器158的光学传感器。光学传感器164可以包括电荷耦合设备(CCD)或者互补金属氧化物半导体(CMOS)光电晶体管。光学传感器164接收通过一个或多个镜头投射的、来自环境中的光,并且将光转换为表示图像的数据。结合成像模块143(也称为相机模块),光学传感器164可以捕获静止图像或者视频。在一些实施例中,光学传感器位于设备100的背面,在设备的前面上的触摸屏显示器112对面,使得触摸屏显示器可以被用作用于静止和/或视频图像获取的取景器。在一些实施例中,光学传感器位于设备的前面,使得当用户在触摸屏显示器上查看其他视频会议参与者的同时用户的图像可以被获取用于视频会议。在一些实施例中,光学传感器164的位置可以由用户改变(例如,通过旋转在设备外壳中的镜头和传感器)使得单个光学传感器164可以连同触摸屏显示器一起被用于视频会议以及静止和/或视频图像获取。Device 100 may also include one or more optical sensors 164. Figure 1A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor 164 may include a charge-coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. Optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment projected through one or more lenses and converts the light into data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module 143 (also known as a camera module), optical sensor 164 can capture still images or video. In some embodiments, the optical sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touchscreen display 112 on the front of the device, so that the touchscreen display can be used as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, the optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image can be captured for video conferencing while viewing other video conference participants on the touchscreen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 can be used for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition, along with the touchscreen display.

设备100可选地还包括一个或多个接触强度传感器165。图1A示出耦合至I/O子系统106的强度传感器控制器159的接触强度传感器。接触强度传感器165可选地包括一个或多个压阻式应变计、电容式力传感器、电力传感器、压电力传感器、光力传感器、电容式触敏表面或者其他强度传感器(例如,用于测量触敏表面上的接触的力(或压力)的传感器)。接触强度传感器165接收来自环境的接触强度信息(例如,压力信息或者用于压力信息的代理)。在一些实施例中,至少一个接触强度传感器与触敏表面(例如,触敏显示系统112)共同布置或者邻近。在一些实施例中,至少一个接触强度传感器位于设备100的背面,在位于设备100的前面的触摸屏显示器112的对面。Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact force sensors 165. Figure 1A shows a contact force sensor coupled to force sensor controller 159 of I/O subsystem 106. Contact force sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electrical force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other force sensors (e.g., sensors for measuring the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact force sensor 165 receives contact force information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact force sensor is co-located with or adjacent to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact force sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112 located on the front of device 100.

设备100还可以包括一个或多个接近传感器166。图1A示出了耦合至外围设备接口118的接近传感器166。备选地,接近传感器166可以被耦合至I/O子系统106中的控制器160。接近传感器166可以如在美国专利申请第11/241,839号“Proximity Detector InHandheld Device”、第11/240,788号“Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”、第11/620,702号“Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”、第11/586,862号“Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In PortableDevices”、第11/638,251号“Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration OfPeripherals”所描述的那样执行,这些申请通过引用以其整体被并入于此。在一些实施例中,当多功能设备被放置在用户的耳朵附近时(例如,当用户打电话时),接近传感器关闭并且禁用触摸屏112。Device 100 may also include one or more proximity sensors 166. FIG1A shows a proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118. Alternatively, proximity sensor 166 may be coupled to controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Proximity sensor 166 may be implemented as described in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device,” 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device,” 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output,” 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices,” and 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. In some embodiments, when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (eg, when the user is on a phone call), the proximity sensor turns off and disables the touch screen 112 .

设备100可选地还包括一个或多个触觉输出生成器167。图1A示出了被耦合到I/O子系统106中的触觉反馈控制器161的触觉输出生成器。触觉输出生成器167可选地包括一个或多个电声设备,诸如扬声器或其他音频部件和/或将能量转换为线性运动的电动机械设备,诸如电动机、螺线管、电活性聚合物、压电致动器、静电致动器或者其他触觉输出生成部件(例如,将电信号转换为设备上的触觉输出的部件)。接触强度传感器165从触觉反馈模块133接收触感反馈生成指令并且生成设备100上的能够被设备100的用户感测的触觉输出。在一些实施例中,至少一个触觉输出生成器与触敏表面(例如,触敏显示系统112)共同布置或者邻近,并且可选地通过垂直地(例如,设备100的表面的内/外)或者横向地(例如,在与设备100的表面相同的平面中来回地)移动触敏表面来生成触觉输出。在一些实施例中,至少一个触觉输出生成器传感器位于设备100的背面,在位于设备100的前面上的触摸屏显示器112的对面。Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 167. FIG1A shows a tactile output generator coupled to tactile feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106. Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices, such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion, such as motors, solenoids, electroactive polymers, piezoelectric actuators, electrostatic actuators, or other tactile output generating components (e.g., components that convert electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact force sensor 165 receives tactile feedback generation instructions from tactile feedback module 133 and generates tactile outputs on device 100 that can be sensed by a user of device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is co-located with or adjacent to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and optionally generates tactile outputs by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., inward/outward of the surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as the surface of device 100). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100 , opposite touch screen display 112 located on the front of device 100 .

设备100还可以包括一个或多个加速度计168。图1A示出了耦合至外围设备接口118的加速度计168。备选地,加速度计168可以被耦合至I/O子系统106中的输入控制器160。加速度计168可以如美国专利出版物第2005/0190059号的“Acceleration-based TheftDetection System for Portable Electronic Devices”和美国专利出版物第2006/0017692号的“Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based OnAn Accelerometer”描述的那样执行,两者通过引用以其整体被并入于此。在一些实施例中,信息基于从一个或多个加速度计接收到的数据的分析以纵向视图或者横向视图被显示在触摸屏显示器上。除了加速度计168以外,设备100可选地包括用于获取关于设备100的位置和定向(例如,纵向或横向)的信息的磁力计(未示出)和GPS(或GLONASS或者其他全球导航系统)接收器(未示出)。The device 100 may also include one or more accelerometers 168. FIG1A shows an accelerometer 168 coupled to the peripherals interface 118. Alternatively, the accelerometer 168 may be coupled to the input controller 160 in the I/O subsystem 106. The accelerometer 168 may implement as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2006/0017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. In addition to accelerometer 168 , device 100 optionally includes a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information about the position and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100 .

在一些实施例中,存储在存储器102中的软件部件包括操作系统126、通信模块(或指令集)128、接触/运动模块(或指令集)130、图形模块(或指令集)132、文本输入模块(或指令集)134、全球定位系统(GPS)模块(或指令集)135以及应用(或指令集)136。此外,在一些实施例中,如图1A和3中所示,存储器102(图1A)或者370(图3)存储设备/全局内部状态157。设备/全局内部状态157包括以下的一项或多项:活动应用状态,指示如果存在哪些应用当前是活跃的;显示状态,指示哪些应用、视图或其他信息占据触摸屏显示器112的各个区域;传感器状态,包括从设备的各种传感器和输入控制设备116获取的信息;以及关于设备的位置和/或姿态的位置信息。In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 include an operating system 126, a communication module (or instruction set) 128, a contact/motion module (or instruction set) 130, a graphics module (or instruction set) 132, a text input module (or instruction set) 134, a global positioning system (GPS) module (or instruction set) 135, and applications (or instruction sets) 136. In addition, in some embodiments, as shown in Figures 1A and 3, memory 102 (Figure 1A) or 370 (Figure 3) stores device/global internal state 157. The device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of the following: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating which applications, views, or other information occupy various areas of the touch screen display 112; sensor state, including information obtained from the device's various sensors and input control devices 116; and location information regarding the device's position and/or posture.

操作系统126(例如,Darwin、RTXC、LINUX、UNIX、OS X、iOS、WINDOWS或者诸如VxWorks的嵌入式操作系统)包括用于控制和管理通用系统任务(例如,存储器管理、存储设备控制、电源管理等)的各种软件部件和/或驱动并且促进各种硬件和软件部件间的通信。The operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing common system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitating communication between various hardware and software components.

通信模块128促进通过一个或多个外部端口124与其他设备的通信并且还包括用于处理由RF电路108和/或外部端口124接收到的数据的各种软件部件。外部端口124(例如,通用串行总线(USB)、FIREWIRE等)被适配用于直接地或者通过网络(例如,互联网、无线LAN等)间接地耦合至其他设备。在一些实施例中,外部端口是多管脚(例如,30管脚)连接器,其与在(苹果公司的商标)设备上使用的30管脚连接器相同、类似和/或兼容。The communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices through one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for processing data received by the RF circuitry 108 and/or the external port 124. The external port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling to other devices directly or indirectly through a network (e.g., the Internet, a wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, similar to, and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used on Apple (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.

接触/运动模块130可选地检测与触摸屏112(结合显示器控制器156)以及其他触敏设备(例如,触摸板或者物理点击式转盘)的接触。接触/运动模块130包括用于执行与触摸检测相关的各种操作的各种软件组件,诸如确定接触是否已经发生(例如,检测手指向下事件)、确定接触的强度(例如,接触的力或压力或者接触的力或压力的替代者)、确定是否存在接触的移动以及跟踪穿过触敏表面的移动(例如,检测一个或多个手指拖拽事件)、以及确定接触是否已经停止(例如,检测手指向上事件或者接触中的中断)。接触/运动模块130从触敏表面接收接触数据。确定通过一系列接触数据来表示的接触点的移动,可选地包括确定接触点的速度(大小)、速率(大小和方向)和/或加速度(在大小和/或方向上的改变)。这些操作可选地被应用于单点接触(例如,一个手指接触)或者多点同时接触(例如,“多点触摸”/多个手指接触)。在一些实施例中,接触/运动模块130和显示器控制器156检测触摸板上的接触。The contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with the touch screen 112 (in conjunction with the display controller 156) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). The contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to touch detection, such as determining whether contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining the intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a surrogate for the force or pressure of the contact), determining whether there has been movement of the contact and tracking movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger drag events), and determining whether the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in the contact). The contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. The movement of the contact point, represented by a series of contact data, is determined, optionally including determining the velocity (magnitude), rate (magnitude and direction), and/or acceleration (change in magnitude and/or direction) of the contact point. These operations optionally apply to a single point of contact (e.g., a single finger contact) or multiple simultaneous points of contact (e.g., "multi-touch"/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.

在一些实施例中,接触/运动模块130使用一个或多个强度阈值的集合来确定操作是否已经由用户执行(例如,以确定用户是否已经“点击”在图标上)。在一些实施例中,至少根据软件参数(例如,强度阈值没有由特定物理致动器的激活阈值确定并且可以在不改变物理硬件设备100的情况下被调整)来确定强度阈值的子集。例如,在不改变触控板或触摸屏显示器硬件的情况下,触控板或触摸屏显示器的鼠标“点击”阈值可以被设置为大范围的预定阈值中的任意预定阈值。此外,在一些实施例中,向设备的用户提供了用于调整强度阈值的集合中的一个或多个强度阈值(例如,通过调整单个强度阈值和/或通过利用系统级点击“强度”参数一次调整多个强度阈值)的软件设置。In some embodiments, the contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an action has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has "clicked" on an icon). In some embodiments, a subset of the intensity thresholds is determined based on at least a software parameter (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation threshold of a particular physical actuator and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware device 100). For example, a mouse "click" threshold for a touchpad or touchscreen display can be set to any predetermined threshold in a wide range of predetermined thresholds without changing the touchpad or touchscreen display hardware. In addition, in some embodiments, a software setting is provided to a user of the device for adjusting one or more intensity thresholds in the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting a single intensity threshold and/or by adjusting multiple intensity thresholds at once using a system-level click "intensity" parameter).

接触/运动模块130可选地检测由用户输入的手势。触敏表面上的不同的手势具有不同的接触模式(例如,检测到的接触的不同的运动、定时和/或强度)。因此,手势可选地通过检测特定接触模式来检测。例如,检测手指点击手势包括检测到手指向下事件接着在与手指向下事件相同的位置(或基本上相同的位置)(例如,在图标的位置处)检测到手指向上(提离(liftoff))事件。作为另一示例,检测触敏表面上的手指扫掠(wipe)手势包括检测到手指向下事件接着检测到一个或多个手指拖拽事件,并且随后接着检测到手指向上(提离)事件。Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects gestures input by the user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motion, timing, and/or intensity of the detected contact). Thus, gestures are optionally detected by detecting specific contact patterns. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger down event followed by detecting a finger up (liftoff) event at the same location (or substantially the same location) as the finger down event (e.g., at the location of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger sweep gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger down event followed by detecting one or more finger drag events, and then followed by detecting a finger up (liftoff) event.

图形模块132包括用于在触摸屏112或其他显示器上渲染和显示图形的各种已知的软件部件,包括用于改变被显示的图形的视觉影响(例如,亮度、透明度、饱和度、对比度或者其他视觉属性)的部件。如本文中所使用的,术语“图形”包括能够向用户显示的任何对象,包括但不限于文本、网页、图标(诸如包括软按键的用户界面对象)、数字图像、视频、动画等。The graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on the touch screen 112 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual attributes) of the displayed graphics. As used herein, the term "graphics" includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including but not limited to text, web pages, icons (such as user interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, etc.

在一些实施例中,图形模块132存储表示要使用的图形的数据。每个图形可选地被指配对应代码。图形模块132从应用等接收指定要被显示的图形的一个或多个代码,在必要时连同坐标数据和其他图形属性数据,并且然后生成屏幕图像数据以输出到显示器控制器156。In some embodiments, the graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is optionally assigned a corresponding code. The graphics module 132 receives one or more codes specifying the graphics to be displayed from an application or the like, along with coordinate data and other graphic attribute data as necessary, and then generates screen image data for output to the display controller 156.

触觉反馈模块133包括用于生成由触觉输出生成器167使用的指令以响应于与设备100的用户交互在一个或多个位置产生触觉输出的各种软件部件。Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator 167 to produce tactile output at one or more locations in response to user interaction with device 100 .

可以是图形模块132的部件的文本输入模块134提供用于在各种应用(例如,联系人137、电子邮件140、IM 141、浏览器147以及需要文本输入的任何其他应用)中输入文本的软键盘。The text input module 134, which may be a component of the graphics module 132, provides a soft keyboard for entering text in various applications (eg, contacts 137, email 140, IM 141, browser 147, and any other application requiring text input).

GPS模块135确定设备的位置并且提供该信息以便在各种应用中使用(例如,提供给电话138用于基于位置的拨号、作为图片/视频元数据提供给相机143、以及提供给提供诸如天气小部件、本地黄页小部件以及地图/导航小部件的基于位置的服务的应用)。The GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to the phone 138 for location-based dialing, to the camera 143 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow pages widgets, and map/navigation widgets).

应用136可以包括以下模块(或指令集)或其子集或超集:Application 136 may include the following modules (or instruction sets), or a subset or superset thereof:

·联系人模块137(有时称为地址簿或联系人列表);Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list);

·电话模块138;Telephone module 138;

·视频会议模块139;Video conferencing module 139;

·电子邮件客户端模块140;Email client module 140;

·即时消息收发(IM)模块141;Instant messaging (IM) module 141;

·锻炼支持模块142;Exercise support module 142;

·用于静止和/或视频图像的相机模块143;A camera module 143 for still and/or video images;

·图像管理模块144;Image management module 144;

·视频播放器模块;Video player module;

·音乐播放器模块;Music player module;

·浏览器模块147;Browser module 147;

·日历模块148;Calendar module 148;

·小部件模块149,其可以包括以下的一项或多项:天气小部件149-1、股票小部件149-2、计算器小部件149-3、闹钟小部件149-4、字典小部件149-5和由用户获取的其他小部件,以及用户创建的小部件149-6;Widget module 149, which may include one or more of the following: weather widget 149-1, stock widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5 and other widgets acquired by the user, and user-created widget 149-6;

·用于制作用户创建的小部件149-6的小部件创建器模块150;A widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;

·搜索模块151;Search module 151;

·视频和音乐播放器模块152,其合并了视频播放器模块和音乐播放器模块;Video and music player module 152, which combines the video player module and the music player module;

·备忘录模块153;Memo module 153;

·地图模块154;和/或Map module 154; and/or

·在线视频模块155。Online video module 155.

可以被存储在存储器102中的其他应用136的示例包括其他文字处理应用、其他图像编辑应用、绘图应用、演示应用、启用了JAVA的应用、加密、数字版权管理、语音识别以及语音复制。Examples of other applications 136 that may be stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.

结合触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,联系人模块137可以用于管理地址簿或联系人列表(例如,存储在存储器102或存储器370中的联系人模块137的应用内部状态192中),包括:将(一个或多个)姓名添加到地址簿中;从地址簿中删除(一个或多个)姓名;将(一个或多个)电话号码、(一个或多个)电子邮件地址、(一个或多个)物理地址或其他信息与姓名相关联;将图像与姓名相关联;对姓名进行分类和排序;提供电话号码或电子邮件地址以发起和/或促进通过电话138、视频会议模块139、电子邮件140或IM 141的通信等。In combination with the touch screen 112, display controller 156, touch/motion module 130, graphics module 132 and text input module 134, the contacts module 137 can be used to manage an address book or contact list (for example, stored in the application internal state 192 of the contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: adding (one or more) names to the address book; deleting (one or more) names from the address book; associating (one or more) phone numbers, (one or more) email addresses, (one or more) physical addresses or other information with a name; associating images with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing phone numbers or email addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications via telephone 138, video conferencing module 139, email 140 or IM 141, etc.

结合RF电路108、音频电路110、扬声器111、麦克风113、触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,电话模块138可以用于录入对应于电话号码的字符序列、访问联系人模块137中的一个或多个电话号码、修改已经录入的电话号码、拨打相应的电话号码、进行会话以及当会话完成时断开连接或挂断。如上所述,无线通信可以使用多种通信标准、协议和技术中的任何一种。In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, phone module 138 can be used to enter a character sequence corresponding to a phone number, access one or more phone numbers in contact module 137, modify an already entered phone number, dial a corresponding phone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is complete. As described above, wireless communication can use any of a variety of communication standards, protocols, and technologies.

结合RF电路108、音频电路110、扬声器111、麦克风113、触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、光学传感器164、光学传感器的控制器158、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、联系人模块137和电话模块138,视频会议模块139包括用于根据用户指令发起、进行和终止用户与一个或多个其他参与者之间的视频会议的可执行指令。In combination with the RF circuit 108, the audio circuit 110, the speaker 111, the microphone 113, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the optical sensor 164, the optical sensor controller 158, the touch/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134, the contacts module 137 and the telephone module 138, the video conferencing module 139 includes executable instructions for initiating, conducting and terminating a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.

结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,电子邮件客户端模块140包括用于响应于用户指令创建、发送、接收和管理电子邮件的可执行指令。结合图像管理模块144,电子邮件客户端模块140使创建和发送带有利用相机模块143拍摄的静止或视频图像的电子邮件变得非常容易。In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, email client module 140 includes executable instructions for creating, sending, receiving, and managing emails in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144, email client module 140 makes it easy to create and send emails with still or video images captured using camera module 143.

结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,即时消息收发模块141包括用于录入对应于即时消息的字符序列、用于修改先前录入的字符、用于传输相应的即时消息(例如,使用针对基于电话的即时消息的短消息服务(SMS)或多媒体消息服务(MMS)协议,或者使用针对基于因特网的即时消息的XMPP、SIMPLE或IMPS)、用于接收即时消息和用于查看接收的即时消息的可执行指令。在一些实施例中,如MMS和/或增强型消息收发服务(EMS)所支持的那样,所传输和/或所接收的即时消息可以包括图形、照片、音频文件、视频文件和/或其他附件。如本文中所使用的,“即时消息收发”指代基于电话的消息(例如,使用SMS或MMS发送的消息)和基于因特网的消息(例如,使用XMPP、SIMPLE或IMPS发送的消息)。In conjunction with the RF circuitry 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions for entering a character sequence corresponding to an instant message, for modifying previously entered characters, for transmitting the corresponding instant message (e.g., using the Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for phone-based instant messaging, or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messaging), for receiving instant messages, and for viewing received instant messages. In some embodiments, as supported by MMS and/or Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS), the transmitted and/or received instant messages may include graphics, photos, audio files, video files, and/or other attachments. As used herein, "instant messaging" refers to phone-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).

结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、GPS模块135、地图模块154和音乐播放器模块,锻炼支持模块142包括用于创建锻炼(例如,具有时间、距离和/或卡路里燃烧目标);与锻炼传感器(运动设备)通信;接收锻炼传感器数据;校准用于监测锻炼的传感器;选择并且播放用于锻炼的音乐;以及显示、存储并且传输锻炼数据的可执行指令。In combination with the RF circuitry 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134, the GPS module 135, the map module 154, and the music player module, the workout support module 142 includes executable instructions for creating workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burn goals); communicating with workout sensors (exercise equipment); receiving workout sensor data; calibrating sensors for monitoring a workout; selecting and playing music for a workout; and displaying, storing, and transmitting workout data.

结合触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、(一个或多个)光学传感器164、光学传感器的控制器158、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132和图像管理模块144,相机模块143包括用于捕获静止图像或视频(包括视频流)并且将它们存储到存储器102中、修改静止图像或视频的特性,或者从存储器102中删除静止图像或视频的可执行指令。In combination with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the optical sensor(s) 164, the optical sensor controller 158, the touch/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, and the image management module 144, the camera module 143 includes executable instructions for capturing still images or videos (including video streams) and storing them in the memory 102, modifying the characteristics of the still images or videos, or deleting the still images or videos from the memory 102.

结合触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134和相机模块143,图像管理模块144包括用于布置、修改(例如,编辑)、或操纵、标记、删除、呈现(例如,在数字幻灯片演示或相册中)、以及存储静止和/或视频图像的可执行指令。In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, touch/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes executable instructions for arranging, modifying (e.g., editing), or manipulating, marking, deleting, presenting (e.g., in a digital slide show or photo album), and storing still and/or video images.

结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,浏览器模块147包括用于根据用户指令浏览因特网(包括搜索、链接、接收和显示网页或网页的多个部分以及与被链接到网页的附件和其他文件)的可执行指令。In combination with the RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the touch/motion module 130, the graphics module 132 and the text input module 134, the browser module 147 includes executable instructions for browsing the Internet in accordance with user instructions (including searching, linking, receiving and displaying web pages or multiple parts of web pages and attachments and other files linked to the web pages).

结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、电子邮件客户端模块140和浏览器模块147,日历模块148包括用于根据用户指令创建、显示、修改和存储日历和与日历相关联的数据(例如,日历条目、待办事项列表等)的可执行指令。In combination with the RF circuitry 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the touch/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134, the email client module 140, and the browser module 147, the calendar module 148 includes executable instructions for creating, displaying, modifying, and storing calendars and data associated with the calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.

结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134和浏览器模块147,小部件模块149是可以由用户下载和使用的小型应用(例如,天气小部件149-1、股票小部件149-2、计算器小部件149-3、闹钟小部件149-4和词典小部件149-5),或者由用户创建的小型应用(例如,用户创建的小部件149-6)。在一些实施例中,小部件包括HTML(超文本标记语言)文件、CSS(层叠样式表)文件和JavaScript文件。在一些实施例中,小部件包括XML(可扩充标记语言)文件和JavaScript文件(例如,Yahoo!小部件)。In conjunction with the RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134, and the browser module 147, the widget module 149 is a small application that can be downloaded and used by the user (e.g., a weather widget 149-1, a stock widget 149-2, a calculator widget 149-3, an alarm widget 149-4, and a dictionary widget 149-5), or a small application created by the user (e.g., a user-created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, the widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, the widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., a Yahoo! widget).

结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134和浏览器模块147,小部件创建器模块150可以由用户用于创建小部件(例如,将网页的用户指定部分转变成小部件)。In combination with the RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, touch/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150 can be used by a user to create widgets (e.g., convert a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).

结合触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,搜索模块151包括用于根据用户指令搜索存储器102中与一条或多条搜索准则(例如,一个或多个用户指定的搜索项)匹配的文本、音乐、声音、图像、视频和/或其他文件的可执行指令。In combination with the touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132 and text input module 134, the search module 151 includes executable instructions for searching the memory 102 for text, music, sound, images, videos and/or other files that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.

结合触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132、音频电路110、扬声器111、RF电路108以及浏览器模块147,视频和音乐播放器模块152包括允许用户下载和回放录制的音乐以及以一个或多个文件格式存储的其他声音文件(诸如MP3或AAC文件)的可执行指令,并且包括用于(例如,在触摸屏112上或在经由外部端口124外部连接的显示器上)显示、呈现或者另外回放视频的可执行指令。在一些实施例中,设备100可选地包括诸如iPod(Apple公司的商标)的MP3播放器的功能。In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow a user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats (such as MP3 or AAC files), and includes executable instructions for displaying, presenting, or otherwise playing back video (e.g., on touch screen 112 or on a display connected externally via external port 124). In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).

结合触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,备忘录模块153包括根据用户指令创建并管理备忘录、待办事项列表等的可执行指令。In conjunction with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the memo module 153 includes executable instructions for creating and managing memos, to-do lists, etc. according to user instructions.

结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、GPS模块135和浏览器模块147,地图模块154可以用于根据用户指令接收、显示、修改和存储地图以及与地图相关联的数据(例如,驾驶方向;关于在特定位置或附近的商店及其他兴趣点的数据;以及其他基于位置的数据)。In combination with the RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, touch/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, the map module 154 can be used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with the maps (e.g., driving directions; data about stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.

结合触摸屏112、显示器控制器156、接触/运动模块130、图形模块132、音频电路110、扬声器111、RF电路108、文本输入模块134、电子邮件客户端模块140和浏览器模块147,在线视频模块155包括允许用户访问、浏览、接收(例如,通过流传输和/或下载)、(例如,在触摸屏上或在经由外部端口124外部连接的显示器上)回放特定在线视频、发送具有到特定在线视频链接的电子邮件并且管理诸如H.264之类的一个或多个文件格式的在线视频的指令。在一些实施例中,即时消息收发模块141而不是电子邮件客户端模块140被用于发送到特定在线视频的链接。在线视频应用的附加描述可以在以下美国临时专利申请中找到:2007年6月20日提交的第60/936,562号美国临时专利申请“Portable MultifunctionDevice,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos”,以及2007年12月31日提交的第11/968,067号美国专利申请“Portable Multifunction Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos”,其内容通过引用的方式整体并入于此。In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, email client module 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includes instructions that allow a user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or downloading), play back a particular online video (e.g., on the touch screen or on a display connected externally via external port 124), send an email with a link to a particular online video, and manage online videos in one or more file formats such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module 141, rather than email client module 140, is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional descriptions of online video applications can be found in the following U.S. provisional patent applications: U.S. provisional patent application No. 60/936,562, filed on June 20, 2007, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” and U.S. patent application No. 11/968,067, filed on December 31, 2007, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

上述模块和应用的每一个均对应于用于执行上文所述的一个或多个功能以及本申请中描述的方法(例如,本文所述的计算机实现的方法以及其他信息处理方法)的可执行指令集。这些模块(例如,指令集)无需实施为单独的软件程序、过程或模块,并且因此这些模块的各种子集可以在各实施例中组合或者重新布置。例如,视频播放器模块可以与音乐播放器模块结合成单个模块(例如,图1A的视频和音乐播放器模块152)。在一些实施例中,存储器102可以存储上述模块和数据结构的子集。此外,存储器102可以存储上文未描述的其他模块和数据结构。Each of the above modules and applications corresponds to an executable instruction set for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., instruction sets) do not need to be implemented as separate software programs, processes, or modules, and therefore various subsets of these modules can be combined or rearranged in various embodiments. For example, a video player module can be combined with a music player module into a single module (e.g., the video and music player module 152 of FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, memory 102 can store a subset of the above modules and data structures. In addition, memory 102 can store other modules and data structures not described above.

在一些实施例中,设备100是专门通过触摸屏和/或触摸板来执行设备上的预定义的功能集合的操作的设备。通过将触摸屏和/或触摸板用作操作设备100的主要输入控制设备,可以减少设备100上的物理输入控制设备(诸如下压按钮、拨盘等)的数目。In some embodiments, the device 100 is a device that is dedicated to performing operations of a predefined set of functions on the device through a touch screen and/or a touch pad. By using the touch screen and/or the touch pad as the primary input control device for operating the device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, etc.) on the device 100 can be reduced.

专门通过触摸屏和/或触摸板执行的该预定义的功能集合可选地包括用户界面之间的导航。在一些实施例中,当被用户触摸时,触摸板将设备100从在设备100上显示的任意用户界面导航到主屏幕、主画面或根菜单。在此类实施例中,“菜单按钮”使用触摸板进行实施。在一些其他实施例中,菜单按钮是物理下压按钮或其他物理输入控制设备而不是触摸板。The predefined set of functions that are specifically performed via the touch screen and/or touchpad optionally includes navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, when touched by the user, the touchpad navigates the device 100 from any user interface displayed on the device 100 to a home screen, home screen, or root menu. In such embodiments, the "menu button" is implemented using the touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device rather than a touchpad.

图1B是图示根据一些实施例用于事件处理的示例性组件的框图。在一些实施例中,存储器102(图1A)或存储器370(图3)包括事件分类器170(例如,在操作系统126中)和相应的应用136-1(例如,任意前述应用137-151、155、380-390)。Figure 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event processing according to some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 (Figure 1A) or memory 370 (Figure 3) includes an event classifier 170 (e.g., in operating system 126) and a corresponding application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 137-151, 155, 380-390).

事件分类器170接收事件信息,并且确定应用136-1以及应用136-1中向其递送该事件信息的应用视图191。事件分类器170包括事件监测器171和事件分派器(eventdispatcher)模块174。在一些实施例中,应用136-1包括应用内部状态192,其指示当应用活跃或执行时触敏显示器112上显示的(一个或多个)当前应用视图。在一些实施例中,设备/全局内容状态157由事件分类器170用于确定当前活跃的(一个或多个)应用,并且应用内部状态192由事件分类器170用于确定向其递送事件信息的应用视图191。Event classifier 170 receives event information and determines application 136-1 and an application view 191 in application 136-1 to which the event information is delivered. Event classifier 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state 192 that indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global content state 157 is used by event classifier 170 to determine the currently active application(s), and application internal state 192 is used by event classifier 170 to determine the application view 191 to which the event information is delivered.

在一些实施例中,应用内部状态192包括附加信息,诸如以下各项中的一个或多个:当应用136-1恢复执行时要使用的恢复信息,指示应用136-1正在显示或准备好显示的信息的用户界面状态信息,使用户能够回到应用136-1的前一状态或视图的状态队列,以及用户执行的先前动作的重做/撤销队列。In some embodiments, the application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of the following: resume information to be used when the application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state information indicating information that the application 136-1 is displaying or ready to display, a state queue that enables the user to return to a previous state or view of the application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions performed by the user.

事件监测器171从外围设备接口118接收事件信息。事件信息包括关于子事件(例如,作为多触摸手势的一部分的触敏显示器112上的用户触摸)的信息。外围设备接口118传输其从I/O子系统106或传感器,诸如接近传感器166、(一个或多个)加速度计168和/或麦克风113(通过音频电路110)接收的信息。外围设备接口118从I/O子系统106接收的信息包括来自触敏显示器112或触敏表面的信息。Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118. The event information includes information about sub-events (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display 112 as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or sensors such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuit 110). The information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.

在一些实施例中,事件监测器171以预定间隔向外围设备接口118发送请求。作为响应,外围设备接口118发送事件信息。在其他实施例中,只在发生重要事件(例如,接收到超过预定噪声阈值和/或长于预定持续时间的输入)时,外围设备接口118才发送事件信息。In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 sends event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 118 sends event information only when a significant event occurs (e.g., receiving an input that exceeds a predetermined noise threshold and/or is longer than a predetermined duration).

在一些实施例中,事件分类器170还包括命中视图确定模块172和/或活跃事件识别器确定模块173。In some embodiments, event classifier 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and/or an active event identifier determination module 173 .

命中视图确定模块172提供用于在触敏显示器112显示多于一个视图时,确定子事件在一个或多个视图中发生的位置的软件程序。视图由用户在显示器上可以看到的控件和其他元件组成。Hit view determination module 172 provides software routines for determining where a sub-event occurs in one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. A view consists of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.

与应用相关联的用户界面的另一方面是一组视图,有时在本文中被称为应用视图或用户界面窗口,其中显示信息并且发生基于触摸的手势。其中检测到触摸的(相应应用的)应用视图可以对应于该应用的程序或视图层次结构中的程序层级。例如,其中检测到触摸的最低层级视图可被称为命中视图,并且可以至少部分基于开始基于触摸的手势的初始触摸的命中视图,来确定被识别为正确输入的事件集。Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes referred to herein as application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application view (of the respective application) in which a touch is detected can correspond to a programmatic level in the programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest-level view in which a touch is detected can be referred to as a hit view, and the set of events recognized as correct input can be determined based at least in part on the hit view of the initial touch that initiated the touch-based gesture.

命中视图确定模块172接收与基于触摸的手势的子事件有关的信息。当应用具有以层次结构组织的多个视图时,命中视图确定模块172将该层次结构中应当处理该子事件的最低层视图标识为命中视图。在大部分情况下,命中视图是其中发生了发起子事件(例如,子事件序列中形成事件或潜在事件的第一个子事件)的最低层级的视图。一旦命中视图由命中视图确定模块172标识,该命中视图通常接收与使其被标识为命中视图的相同触摸或输入源有关的所有子事件。Hit view determination module 172 receives information about sub-events of touch-based gestures. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 identifies the lowest-level view in the hierarchy that should handle the sub-event as the hit view. In most cases, the hit view is the lowest-level view in which the initiating sub-event (e.g., the first sub-event in a sequence of sub-events that forms an event or potential event) occurs. Once a hit view is identified by hit view determination module 172, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source that caused it to be identified as the hit view.

活跃事件识别器确定模块173确定视图层次结构中应当接收特定子事件序列的视图或多个视图。在一些实施例中,活跃事件识别器确定模块173确定只有命中视图应当接收特定子事件序列。在其他实施例中,活跃事件识别器确定模块173确定包括子事件的物理位置的所有视图都是有效涉及(actively involve)的视图,并且因此确定所有有效涉及的视图都应当接收特定子事件序列。在其他实施例中,即使触摸子事件被完全限定到与一个特定视图相关联的区域,层次结构中更高的视图将仍然保持作为有效涉及的视图。Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines the view or views in the view hierarchy that should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive the particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that comprise the physical location of the sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive the particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if a touch sub-event is completely confined to an area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy will still remain as actively involved views.

事件分派器模块174将事件信息分派至事件识别器(例如,事件识别器180)。在包括活跃事件识别器确定模块173的实施例中,事件分派器模块174将事件信息递送至由活跃事件识别器确定模块173确定的事件识别器。在一些实施例中,事件分派器模块174将事件信息存储在事件队列中,由相应的事件接收器182进行检索。Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments that include active event recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to the event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores the event information in an event queue for retrieval by corresponding event receiver 182.

在一些实施例中,操作系统126包括事件分类器170。备选地,应用136-1包括事件分类器170。在其他实施例中,事件分类器170是单独模块,或者是存储器102中存储的另一模块(诸如接触/运动模块130)的一部分。In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event classifier 170. Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event classifier 170. In other embodiments, event classifier 170 is a separate module or part of another module stored in memory 102, such as contact/motion module 130.

在一些实施例中,应用136-1包括多个事件处理机190以及一个或多个应用视图191,其中每一个包括用于处理发生在该应用的用户界面的相应视图内的触摸事件的指令。应用136-1的每个应用视图191包括一个或多个事件识别器180。通常,相应的应用视图191包括多个事件识别器180。在其他实施例中,一个或多个事件识别器180是单独(separate)模块(诸如用户界面套件(未示出))的一部分,或者应用136-1从中继承方法和其他属性的更高层对象。在一些实施例中,各事件处理机190包括以下各项中的一个或多个:数据更新器176、对象更新器177、GUI更新器178和/或从事件分类器170接收的事件数据179。事件处理机190可以利用或调用数据更新器176、对象更新器177或GUI更新器178来更新应用内部状态192。备选地,应用视图191中的一个或多个包括一个或多个相应事件处理机190。同样,在一些实施例中,数据更新器176、对象更新器177和GUI更新器178中的一个或多个被包括在相应的应用视图191中。In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes multiple event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events occurring within a corresponding view of the application's user interface. Each application view 191 of application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180. Typically, a corresponding application view 191 includes multiple event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module (such as a user interface kit (not shown)), or a higher-level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, each event handler 190 includes one or more of the following: a data updater 176, an object updater 177, a GUI updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from an event classifier 170. Event handler 190 can utilize or call data updater 176, object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update the application's internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of application views 191 include one or more corresponding event handlers 190. Likewise, in some embodiments, one or more of the data updater 176 , the object updater 177 , and the GUI updater 178 are included in a corresponding application view 191 .

相应的事件识别器180从事件分类器170接收事件信息(例如,事件数据179),并基于该事件信息标识事件。事件识别器180包括事件接收器182和事件比较器184。在一些实施例中,事件识别器180还包括至少以下各项的子集:元数据183和事件递送指令188(其可以包括子事件递送指令)。A corresponding event identifier 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179) from event classifier 170 and identifies an event based on the event information. Event identifier 180 includes an event receiver 182 and an event comparator 184. In some embodiments, event identifier 180 also includes at least a subset of the following: metadata 183 and event delivery instructions 188 (which may include sub-event delivery instructions).

事件接收器182从事件分类器170接收事件信息。该事件信息包括关于子事件(例如,触摸或触摸移动)的信息。取决于子事件,事件信息还包括附加信息,诸如子事件的位置。当子事件涉及触摸的运动时,事件信息还可以包括子事件的速度和方向。在一些实施例中,事件包括设备从一个定向到另一个定向的旋转(例如,从纵向到横向的旋转,反之亦然),并且事件信息包括关于设备的当前定向(也被称作设备姿态)的对应信息。Event receiver 182 receives event information from event classifier 170. The event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a touch or touch movement). Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as the location of the sub-event. When the sub-event involves the movement of a touch, the event information may also include the speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, the event includes a rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from portrait to landscape, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation of the device (also referred to as the device posture).

事件比较器184将事件信息与预定义的事件或子事件定义进行比较,并且基于该比较,确定事件或子事件,或者确定或更新事件或子事件的状态。在一些实施例中,事件比较器184包括事件定义186。事件定义186包含事件(例如,预定义的子事件序列)的定义,例如,事件1(187-1)、事件2(187-2)等等。在一些实施例中,事件187中的子事件例如包括触摸开始、触摸结束、触摸移动、触摸取消和多触摸。在一个示例中,事件1(187-1)的定义是对显示对象的双叩击。该双叩击例如包括对显示对象的、预定阶段的第一触摸(触摸开始)、预定阶段的第一抬起(触摸结束)、对显示对象的、预定阶段的第二触摸(触摸开始)以及预定阶段的第二抬起(触摸结束)。在另一示例中,事件2(187-2)的定义是对显示对象的拖拽。该拖拽例如包括对显示对象的、预定阶段的触摸(或接触)、该触摸在触敏显示器112上的移动以及触摸的抬起(触摸结束)。在一些实施例中,事件还包括针对一个或多个相关联的事件处理机190的信息。Event comparator 184 compares the event information with predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines the event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of the event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186. Event definitions 186 include definitions of events (e.g., a predefined sequence of sub-events), such as event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187-2), and so on. In some embodiments, sub-events in event 187 include, for example, touch start, touch end, touch move, touch cancel, and multi-touch. In one example, event 1 (187-1) is defined as a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, includes a first touch (touch start) of a predetermined phase on the displayed object, a first lift (touch end) of a predetermined phase on the displayed object, a second touch (touch start) of a predetermined phase on the displayed object, and a second lift (touch end) of a predetermined phase on the displayed object. In another example, event 2 (187-2) is defined as a drag on a displayed object. The drag, for example, includes a touch (or contact) of a predetermined phase on the displayed object, movement of the touch on the touch-sensitive display 112, and lift (touch end) of the touch. In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190 .

在一些实施例中,事件定义187包括针对相应用户界面对象的事件的定义。在一些实施例中,事件比较器184执行命中测试,用于确定与子事件相关联的用户界面对象。例如,在三个用户界面对象被显示在触敏显示器112上的应用视图中,当在触敏显示器112上检测到触摸时,事件比较器184执行命中测试,用于确定三个用户界面对象中(如果有的话)与该触摸(子事件)相关联的用户界面对象。如果每个显示对象均与相应的事件处理机190相关联,则事件比较器使用命中测试的结果来确定应当被激活的事件处理机190。例如,事件比较器184选择与触发命中测试的子事件和对象相关联的事件处理机。In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes definitions of events for corresponding user interface objects. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine the user interface object associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display 112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user interface object (if any) of the three user interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a corresponding event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine the event handler 190 that should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects the event handler associated with the sub-event and object that triggered the hit test.

在一些实施例中,各事件(187)的定义还包括延迟动作,其延迟事件信息的递送,直到已经确定子事件序列是否与事件识别器的事件类型相对应。In some embodiments, the definition of each event (187) also includes a delay action that delays delivery of the event information until it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events corresponds to the event type of the event identifier.

当各事件识别器180确定子事件序列不与事件定义186中的任意事件匹配时,该相应的事件识别器180进入事件不可能、事件失败或者事件结束状态,此后该相应的事件识别器180忽视基于触摸的手势的后续子事件。在此情况下,对于命中视图保持活跃的其他事件识别器(如果有的话),继续跟踪和处理正在进行的基于触摸的手势的子事件。When each event recognizer 180 determines that the sub-event sequence does not match any event in event definition 186, the corresponding event recognizer 180 enters the event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which the corresponding event recognizer 180 ignores subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this case, other event recognizers (if any) that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of the ongoing touch-based gesture.

在一些实施例中,各事件识别器180包括具有可配置的属性、标志(flag)和/或列表的元数据183,其指示事件递送系统应当如何执行去往有效涉及的事件识别器的子事件传递。在一些实施例中,元数据183包括可配置的属性、标志和/或列表,其指示事件识别器如何可以或者能够彼此交互。在一些实施例中,元数据183包括可配置的属性、标志和/或列表,其指示子事件是否被递送到视图或程序层次结构中的不同层级。In some embodiments, each event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to the effectively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers may or can interact with each other. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to different levels in the view or program hierarchy.

在一些实施例中,各事件识别器180在事件的一个或多个子事件被识别时激活与事件相关联的事件处理机190。在一些实施例中,各事件识别器180向事件处理机190递送与事件相关联的事件信息。激活事件处理机190不同于向相应的命中视图发送(或延迟发送)子事件。在一些实施例中,事件识别器180抛出与识别事件相关联的标志,并且与该标志相关联的事件处理机190抓住该标志并执行预定义过程。In some embodiments, each event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the event when one or more sub-events of the event are recognized. In some embodiments, each event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190. Activating event handler 190 is distinct from sending (or delaying sending) the sub-events to the corresponding hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.

在一些实施例中,事件递送指令188包括子事件递送指令,其递送关于子事件的事件信息而不激活事件处理机。相反,子事件递送指令向与一系列子事件或有效涉及的视图相关联的事件处理机递送事件信息。与一系列子事件或有效涉及的视图相关联的事件处理机接收该事件信息并执行预定过程。In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver the event information to an event handler associated with a series of sub-events or a valid view. The event handler associated with the series of sub-events or the valid view receives the event information and executes a predetermined process.

在一些实施例中,数据更新器176创建并更新应用136-1中使用的数据。例如,数据更新器176更新联系人模块137中使用的电话号码,或者存储视频播放器模块145中使用的视频文件。在一些实施例中,对象更新器177创建并更新应用136-1中使用的数据。例如,对象更新器177创建新的用户界面对象或更新用户界面对象的位置。GUI更新器178更新GUI。例如,GUI更新器178准备显示器信息,并且将其发送至图形模块132用于在触敏显示器上显示。In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates phone numbers used in contact module 137 or stores video files used in video player module 145. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates new user interface objects or updates the positions of user interface objects. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.

在一些实施例中,(多个)事件处理机190包括或能够访问数据更新器176、对象更新器177和GUI更新器178。在一些实施例中,数据更新器176、对象更新器177和GUI更新器178被包括在相应的应用136-1或应用视图191的单个模块中。在其他实施例中,数据更新器176、对象更新器177和GUI更新器178被包括在两个或更多软件模块中。In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 include or have access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of the corresponding application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in two or more software modules.

应当理解,前面关于触敏显示器上的用户触摸的事件处理的论述也适用于操作具有输入设备的多功能设备100的其他形式的用户输入,其中不是所有用户输入都是在触摸屏上发起的,例如,与单个或多个键盘按压或保持可选地相配合的鼠标移动和鼠标按钮按压;触控板上的接触运动(诸如叩击、拖拽、滚动等);触笔输入,设备的移动;口头指令;检测到的眼睛运动,生物测定的输入;和/或上述各项的任何组合,都可选地用作与定义要被识别的子事件相对应的输入。It should be understood that the foregoing discussion of event handling for user touches on a touch-sensitive display also applies to other forms of user input for operating a multifunction device 100 having an input device, where not all user input is initiated on the touch screen, for example, mouse movements and mouse button presses optionally combined with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact motions on a touchpad (such as taps, drags, scrolling, etc.); stylus input, movement of the device; verbal commands; detected eye movements, biometric input; and/or any combination of the foregoing, are optionally used as input corresponding to defining a sub-event to be recognized.

图2例示了依照一些实施例的具有触摸屏112的便携式多功能设备100。触摸屏可选地显示用户界面(UI)200内的一个或多个图形。在该实施例以及如下所述的其他实施例中,用户能够通过对图形做出手势(例如通过一个或多个手指202(在图中未按比例画出)或一个或多个触笔203(在图中未按比例画出))来选择一个或多个图形。在一些实施例中,对一个或多个图形的选择发生在用户阻断与一个或多个图形接触的时候。在一些实施例中,手势可选地包括一个或多个叩击、一个或多个扫掠(从左到右、从右到左、向上和/或向下)以及/或者已经与设备100接触的手指的转动(rolling,从右到左、从左到右、向上和/或向下)。在一些实现方式或者情况中,与图形的无意接触不选择图形。例如,当与选择对应的手势是叩击时,扫过应用图标的扫掠手势可选地不会选择对应的应用。FIG2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 with a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within a user interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as other embodiments described below, a user can select one or more graphics by gesturing with the graphics (e.g., with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure)). In some embodiments, selection of the one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward, and/or downward), and/or rolling of a finger that is already in contact with the device 100 (from right to left, left to right, upward, and/or downward). In some implementations or circumstances, unintentional contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps across an application icon may not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.

设备100还可以包括一个或多个物理按钮,诸如“主画面”或菜单按钮204。如前所述,菜单按钮204可以用于导航至可以在设备100上执行的应用集合中的任何应用136。备选地,在一些实施例中,菜单按钮被实施为触摸屏112上显示的GUI中的软按键。The device 100 may also include one or more physical buttons, such as a “home” or menu button 204. As previously described, the menu button 204 may be used to navigate to any application 136 in a collection of applications that may be executed on the device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on the touch screen 112.

在一个实施例中,设备100包括触摸屏112、菜单按钮204、用于打开/关闭设备电源和锁定设备的下压按钮206、以及(一个或多个)音量调节按钮208、订户标识模块(SIM)卡槽210、耳机接口212和对接/充电外部端口124。下压按钮206可选地用于通过压下该按钮并使该按钮保持在压下状态预定义的时间间隔来打开/关闭设备电源;通过压下该按钮并在经过预定义的时间间隔之前释放该按钮来锁定设备;以及/或者解锁设备或发起解锁过程。在一个备选实施例中,设备100还通过麦克风113接受用于激活或去激活某些功能的口头输入。设备100可选地还包括用于在触摸屏112上检测接触强度的一个或者多个接触强度传感器165和/或用于生成对设备100的用户的触觉输出的一个或者多个触觉输出生成器167。In one embodiment, device 100 includes a touch screen 112, a menu button 204, a push button 206 for turning the device on/off and locking the device, as well as volume adjustment buttons 208, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot 210, a headphone jack 212, and a docking/charging external port 124. Push button 206 is optionally used to turn the device on/off by pressing and holding the button for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by pressing and releasing the button before a predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlocking process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also accepts verbal input for activating or deactivating certain functions via microphone 113. Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact force sensors 165 for detecting contact force on touch screen 112 and/or one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile output for a user of device 100.

图3是根据一些实施例具有显示器和触敏表面的示例性多功能设备的框图。设备300不需要是便携式的。在一些实施例中,设备300是膝上型计算机、台式计算机、平板计算机、多媒体播放器设备、导航设备、教育设备(诸如儿童学习玩具)、游戏设备或控制设备(例如,家用或工业控制器)。设备300通常包括一个或多个处理单元(CPU)310、一个或多个网络或其他通信接口360、存储器370、以及用于互连这些组件的一个或多个通信总线320。通信总线320可选地包括互连和控制系统组件之间通信的电路(有时被称作芯片组)。设备300包括含有显示器340(其通常为触摸屏显示器)的输入/输出接口330。I/O接口330也可选地包括键盘和/或鼠标(或其他指向设备)350和触摸板355、用于在设备300上生成触觉输出的触觉输出生成器357(例如,类似于以上参考附图1A所描述的(多个)触觉输出生成器167)、传感器359(例如,与以上参考附图1A所描述的(多个)接触强度传感器165类似的光学、加速度、接近、触敏和/或接触强度传感器)。存储器370包括高速随机访问存储器,诸如DRAM、SRAM、DDR RAM或其他随机访问固态存储设备;并且可选地包括非易失性存储器,诸如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、光盘存储设备、闪存设备或其他非易失性固态存储设备。存储器370可选地包括远离(一个或多个)CPU 310的一个或多个存储设备。在一些实施例中,存储器370存储与存储在便携式多功能设备100(图1A)的存储器102中的程序、模块、和数据结构类似的程序、模块、和数据结构或其子集。此外,存储器370可选地存储未存在于便携式多功能设备100的存储器102中的附加程序、模块、和数据结构。例如,设备300的存储器370可选地存储画图模块380、演示模块382、文字处理模块384、网站创建模块386、盘制作模块388和/或电子表格模块390,而便携式多功能设备100(图1A)的存储器102可选地不存储这些模块。Fig. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunctional device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface according to some embodiments. Device 300 does not need to be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a children's learning toy), a gaming device or a control device (for example, a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more networks or other communication interfaces 360, a memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication bus 320 optionally includes a circuit (sometimes referred to as a chipset) for interconnecting and controlling communication between system components. Device 300 includes an input/output interface 330 containing a display 340 (which is typically a touch screen display). I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and a touchpad 355, a tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile output on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1A ), and sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with reference to FIG. 1A ). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid-state storage devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices remote from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures similar to, or a subset of, those stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG. 1A ). In addition, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores a drawing module 380, a presentation module 382, a word processing module 384, a website creation module 386, a disk creation module 388, and/or a spreadsheet module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG. 1A ) optionally does not store these modules.

图3中的上述元件的每个元件可以被存储在一个或多个前述存储器设备中。上述模块中的每个模块对应于用于执行如上所述功能的指令集。上述模块或程序(例如,指令集)不需要实施为单独软件程序、过程或模块,因此这些模块的各种子集可以在各实施例中组合或重新布置。在一些实施例中,存储器370可以存储上述模块和数据结构的子集。此外,存储器370可以存储上文未描述的附加模块和数据结构。Each element of the above-mentioned elements in Fig. 3 can be stored in one or more aforementioned memory devices.Each module in the above-mentioned modules corresponds to the instruction set for performing the functions described above.Above-mentioned modules or programs (e.g., instruction sets) do not need to be implemented as separate software programs, processes or modules, so the various subsets of these modules can be combined or rearranged in various embodiments.In certain embodiments, memory 370 can store a subset of above-mentioned modules and data structures.In addition, memory 370 can store additional modules and data structures not described above.

现在把注意力转向可以在例如便携式多功能设备100上实施的用户界面的实施例。Attention is now directed to embodiments of user interfaces that may be implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device 100 .

图4A图示了根据一些实施例用于便携式多功能设备100上应用菜单的示例性用户界面。类似用户界面可以在设备300上实施。在一些实施例中,用户界面400包括以下元件或其子集或超集:Figure 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for an application menu on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. A similar user interface may be implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:

·用于(多种)无线通信(诸如蜂窝信号和Wi-Fi信号)的(一个或多个)信号强度指示符402;Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s), such as cellular signals and Wi-Fi signals;

·时间404;Time 404;

·蓝牙指示符405;Bluetooth indicator 405;

·电池状态指示符406;Battery status indicator 406;

·具有以下频繁使用的应用的图标的托盘408,诸如:A tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications such as:

ο电话模块138的图标416,标记为“电话”,其可选地包括未接呼叫或语音电子邮件消息的数目的指示符414;o an icon 416 for the phone module 138, labeled "Phone," which optionally includes an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;

ο电子邮件客户端模块140的图标418,标记为“邮件”,其可选地包括未读电子邮件的数目的指示符410;o an icon 418 of the email client module 140, labeled "Mail," which optionally includes an indicator 410 of the number of unread emails;

ο浏览器模块147的图标420,标记为“浏览器”;以及o an icon 420 for the browser module 147, labeled "Browser"; and

ο视频和音乐播放器模块152的图标422,也被称为iPod(Apple公司的商标)模块152,标记为“iPod”;以及o Icon 422 of the video and music player module 152, also referred to as the iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled “iPod”; and

·其他应用的图标,诸如:Icons for other apps, such as:

οIM模块141的图标424,标记为“消息”;o Icon 424 of the IM module 141, labeled "Messages";

ο日历模块148的图标426,标记为“日历”;o an icon 426 of the calendar module 148, labeled "Calendar";

ο图像管理模块144的图标428,标记为“照片”;o Icon 428 for the image management module 144, labeled "Photos";

ο相机模块143的图标430,标记为“相机”;o Icon 430 of camera module 143, labeled “Camera”;

ο在线视频模块155的图标432,标记为“在线视频”;o Icon 432 of the online video module 155, labeled "Online Video";

ο股票小部件149-2的图标434,标记为“股票”;o Icon 434 of the stock widget 149-2, labeled "Stocks";

ο地图模块154的图标436,标记为“地图”;o an icon 436 of the map module 154, labeled "Map";

ο天气小部件149-1的图标438,标记为“天气”;o an icon 438 for the weather widget 149-1, labeled "Weather";

ο闹钟小部件149-4的图标440,标记为“时钟”;o an icon 440 for the alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled "Clock";

ο锻炼支持模块142的图标442,标记为“锻炼支持”;o Icon 442 of the exercise support module 142, labeled "Exercise Support";

ο备忘录模块153的图标444,标记为“备忘录”;o Icon 444 of the memo module 153, labeled "Memo";

ο设置应用或者模块的图标446,标记为“设置”,其提供对设备100的设置和其各个应用136的访问。o An icon 446 of a settings application or module, labeled “Settings,” that provides access to settings for the device 100 and its various applications 136.

应当理解图4A中所图示图标标签仅为示例性的。例如,视频和音乐播放器模块152的图标422可以可选地被标记为“音乐”或“音乐播放器”。其他标签可选地用于各个应用图标。在一些实施例中,相应应用图标的标签包括对应于相应应用图标的应用名称。在一些实施例中,特定应用图标的标签与对应于特定应用图标的应用名称不同。It should be understood that the icon labels shown in FIG4A are exemplary only. For example, the icon 422 of the video and music player module 152 may alternatively be labeled "Music" or "Music Player." Other labels may alternatively be used for individual application icons. In some embodiments, the label of a respective application icon includes the application name corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, the label of a particular application icon is different from the application name corresponding to the particular application icon.

图4B图示了具有与显示器450(例如,触摸屏显示器112)分离的触敏表面451(例如,图3的平板或触摸板355)的设备(例如,图3的设备300)上的示例性用户界面。设备300还可选地包括用于在触敏表面451上检测接触强度的一个或者多个接触强度传感器(例如,传感器357中的一个或者多个传感器)和/或用于生成对设备300的用户的触觉输出的一个或者多个触觉输出生成器359。4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300 of FIG. 3 ) having a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., tablet or touchpad 355 of FIG. 3 ) that is separate from a display 450 (e.g., touch screen display 112 ). Device 300 also optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more sensors of sensors 357 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and/or one or more tactile output generators 359 for generating tactile outputs to a user of device 300.

虽然以下一些示例将针对在触摸屏显示器112上的输入给出(其中触敏表面与显示器组合在一起),但是如图4B所示在一些实施例中,设备检测与显示器分离的触敏表面上的输入。在一些实施例中,触敏表面(例如,图4B中的451)具有对应于显示器(例如,450)上主轴(例如,图4B中的453)的主轴(例如,图4B中的452)。根据这些实施例,设备检测在对应于显示器上相应位置的位置处(例如,在图4B中,460对应于468并且462对应于470)的与触敏表面451的接触(例如,图4B中的460和462)。通过此方式,当触敏表面与显示器分离时,设备在触敏表面(例如,图4B中的451)上检测到的用户输入(例如,接触460和接触462及其移动)由设备使用以操纵多功能设备的显示器(例如,图4B中的450)上的用户界面。应当理解,类似方法可选地用于本文所述的其他用户界面。Although some of the following examples will be presented with respect to input on a touchscreen display 112 (where the touch-sensitive surface is combined with the display), in some embodiments, as shown in FIG4B , the device detects input on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG4B ) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG4B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG4B ) on the display (e.g., 450 ). According to these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG4B ) with the touch-sensitive surface 451 at locations corresponding to corresponding locations on the display (e.g., 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470 in FIG4B ). In this manner, when the touch-sensitive surface is separated from the display, user input (e.g., contacts 460 and 462 and their movement) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG4B ) is used by the device to manipulate a user interface on the display (e.g., 450 in FIG4B ) of the multifunction device. It should be understood that similar methods may optionally be used for other user interfaces described herein.

此外,虽然以下示例主要针对手指输入(例如,手指接触、手指叩击手势、手指扫掠手势)给出,但是应当理解的是在一些实施例中,一个或多个手指输入可以被来自另一输入设备(例如,基于鼠标的输入或触笔输入)的输入替换。例如,扫掠手势可选地被鼠标点击(例如,而不是接触)随后沿扫掠路径移动光标(例如,而不是移动接触)替换。作为另一示例,叩击手势可选地当光标位于叩击手势的位置上(例如,而不是检测接触随后停止检测该接触)被鼠标点击替换。类似地,当同时检测到多个用户输入时,应当理解多个计算机鼠标可选地被同时使用,或者鼠标和手指接触可选地被同时使用。In addition, although the following examples are primarily given with respect to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger sweep gestures), it should be understood that in some embodiments, one or more finger inputs can be replaced by input from another input device (e.g., mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a sweep gesture is optionally replaced by a mouse click (e.g., instead of contact) followed by moving the cursor along the sweep path (e.g., instead of moving the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is optionally replaced by a mouse click when the cursor is at the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detecting contact and then ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are detected simultaneously, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are optionally used simultaneously, or that a mouse and finger contacts are optionally used simultaneously.

图5A图示了示例性个人电子设备500。设备500包括主体502。在一些实施例中,设备500可以包括关于设备100和300(例如,图1A-4B)描述的特征中的一些或全部特征。在一些实施例中,设备500具有触敏显示屏504,此后称为触摸屏504。备选地,或者除了触摸屏504以外,设备500具有显示器和触敏表面。如同设备100和300,在一些实施例中,触摸屏504(或触敏表面)可以具有用于检测正在施加的接触(例如,触摸)的强度的一个或多个强度传感器。触摸屏504(或触敏表面)的该一个或多个强度传感器可以提供表示触摸的强度的输出数据。设备500的用户界面可以基于其强度来响应触摸,意味着不同强度的触摸可以调用设备500上的不同的用户界面操作。Figure 5A illustrates an exemplary personal electronic device 500. Device 500 includes a body 502. In some embodiments, device 500 may include some or all of the features described with respect to devices 100 and 300 (e.g., Figures 1A-4B). In some embodiments, device 500 has a touch-sensitive display screen 504, hereinafter referred to as touch screen 504. Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen 504, device 500 has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices 100 and 300, in some embodiments, touch screen 504 (or touch-sensitive surface) may have one or more intensity sensors for detecting the intensity of contact (e.g., touch) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or touch-sensitive surface) may provide output data representing the intensity of the touch. The user interface of device 500 may respond to a touch based on its intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities may invoke different user interface operations on device 500.

例如,用于检测和处理触摸强度的技术可以在相关申请中找到:于2013年5月8日提交的标题为“Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Displaying UserInterface Objects Corresponding to an Application”的国际专利申请第PCT/US2013/040061号和于2013年11月11日提交的标题为“Device,Method,and Graphical UserInterface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display OutputRelationships”的国际专利申请第PCT/US2013/069483号,其中的每个申请通过引用以其整体被并入于此。For example, technology for detecting and processing touch intensity can be found in related applications: International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040061, filed on May 8, 2013, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying UserInterface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” and International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/069483, filed on November 11, 2013, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical UserInterface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display OutputRelationships,” each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

在一些实施例中,设备500具有一个或多个输入机制506和508。输入机制506和508如果被包括,可以是物理的。物理输入机制的示例包括推动按钮和旋转机制。在一些实施例中,设备500具有一个或多个附接机制。这样的附接机制如果被包括,可以允许设备500与例如,帽子、眼镜、耳环、项链、衬衫、夹克、手链、表带、链条、裤子、皮带、鞋子、手提包、背包等附接。这些附接机制可以允许设备500被用户穿戴。In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and 508. Input mechanisms 506 and 508, if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotational mechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can allow device 500 to be attached to, for example, hats, glasses, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watchbands, chains, pants, belts, shoes, handbags, backpacks, etc. These attachment mechanisms can allow device 500 to be worn by a user.

图5B描绘了示例性个人电子设备500。在一些实施例中,设备500可以包括关于图1A、1B和3描述的部件中的一些或全部部件。设备500具有总线512,其操作地将I/O部分514与一个或多个计算机处理器516和存储器518耦合。I/O部分514可以被连接到显示器504,显示器504可以具有触敏部件522以及可选地强度传感器524(例如,接触强度传感器)。此外,I/O部分514可以与通信单元530连接以用于使用Wi-Fi、蓝牙、近场通信(NFC)、蜂窝和/或其他无线通信技术接收应用和操作系统数据。设备500可以包括输入机制506和/或508。例如,输入机制506可以是可旋转的输入设备或者可按下和可旋转的输入设备。在一些示例中,输入机制508可以是按钮。FIG5B depicts an exemplary personal electronic device 500. In some embodiments, device 500 may include some or all of the components described with respect to FIG1A, 1B, and 3. Device 500 has a bus 512 that operatively couples an I/O portion 514 with one or more computer processors 516 and a memory 518. I/O portion 514 may be connected to a display 504, which may have a touch-sensitive component 522 and, optionally, an intensity sensor 524 (e.g., a contact intensity sensor). In addition, I/O portion 514 may be connected to a communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating system data using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near-field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication technologies. Device 500 may include input mechanisms 506 and/or 508. For example, input mechanism 506 may be a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device. In some examples, input mechanism 508 may be a button.

在一些示例中,输入机制508可以是麦克风。个人电子设备500可以包括各种传感器,诸如GPS传感器532、加速度计534、方向传感器540(例如,指南针)、陀螺仪536、运动传感器538和/或其组合,所有这些可以操作地连接至I/O部分514。个人电子设备500还可以包括触觉机制542。触觉机制542可以发出震动或可以被用户察觉的其他触觉输出。在一些实施例中,触觉机制542可以以与针对设备100的触觉输出生成器167描述的方式类似的方式发出触觉输出。In some examples, input mechanism 508 can be a microphone. Personal electronic device 500 can include various sensors, such as a GPS sensor 532, an accelerometer 534, an orientation sensor 540 (e.g., a compass), a gyroscope 536, a motion sensor 538, and/or combinations thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O portion 514. Personal electronic device 500 can also include a haptic mechanism 542. Haptic mechanism 542 can emit a vibration or other tactile output that can be perceived by the user. In some embodiments, haptic mechanism 542 can emit tactile output in a manner similar to that described for tactile output generator 167 of device 100.

个人电子设备500的存储器518可以是非瞬态计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机可执行指令,该指令当由一个或多个计算机处理器516执行时,例如,可以使得计算机处理器执行以上描述的技术,包括过程2500-2700(图25-图27)。计算机可执行指令还可以在任何非瞬态计算机可读存储介质中被存储和/或传输,以便由指令执行系统、装置或设备使用或者与指令执行系统、装置或设备结合使用,该指令执行系统、装置或设备诸如基于计算机的系统、包含处理器的系统或者可以从指令执行系统、装置或设备中取指令并且执行该指令的其他系统。为了本文档的目的,“非瞬态计算机可读存储介质”可以是能够有形地包含或存储计算机可执行指令以便由指令执行系统、装置或设备使用或者结合指令执行系统、装置或设备使用的任何介质。非瞬态计算机可读存储介质可以包括但不限于,磁存储、光存储和/或半导体存储。这样的存储的示例包括磁盘、基于CD、DVD的光盘、或蓝光技术,以及永久固态存储器,诸如闪存、固态驱动器等。个人电子设备500不限于图5B的部件和配置,但能够包括具有多种配置的其他或附加的部件。The memory 518 of the personal electronic device 500 can be a non-transient computer-readable storage medium for storing computer-executable instructions that, when executed by one or more computer processors 516, can, for example, cause the computer processor to perform the techniques described above, including processes 2500-2700 (Figures 25-27). Computer-executable instructions can also be stored and/or transmitted in any non-transient computer-readable storage medium for use by or in conjunction with an instruction execution system, device, or apparatus, such as a computer-based system, a system containing a processor, or other system that can fetch instructions from and execute the instructions. For the purposes of this document, a "non-transient computer-readable storage medium" can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in conjunction with an instruction execution system, device, or apparatus. Non-transient computer-readable storage media can include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage, optical storage, and/or semiconductor storage. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical disks based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technology, and persistent solid-state memory such as flash memory, solid-state drives, etc. Personal electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG. 5B , but can include other or additional components in a variety of configurations.

如这里所使用的,术语“可供件(affordance)”指代可以在设备100、设备300和/或设备500(图1、图3和图5)的显示屏上显示的用户交互图形用户界面对象。例如,图像(例如,图标)、按钮以及文本(例如,超链接)可以各自组成可供件。As used herein, the term "affordance" refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that can be displayed on a display screen of device 100, device 300, and/or device 500 (Figures 1, 3, and 5). For example, an image (e.g., an icon), a button, and text (e.g., a hyperlink) can each constitute an affordance.

如本文中使用的,术语“焦点选择器”指代指示用户正在与其交互的用户界面的当前部分的输入元素。在包括光标和其他定位标记的一些实现中,光标充当“焦点选择器”,使得当在触敏表面(例如,图3中的触摸板355或者图4B中的触敏表面451)上检测到输入(例如,按压输入)而光标在特定用户界面元素(例如,按钮、窗口、滑块或其他用户界面元素)之上时,特定用户界面元素根据检测到的输入被调整。在包括使能与触摸屏显示器上的用户界面元素直接交互的触摸屏显示器(例如,图1A中的触敏显示系统112或者图4A中的触摸屏112)的一些实现中,在触摸屏上检测到的接触充当“焦点选择器”,使得当在触摸屏显示器上在特定用户界面元素(例如,按钮、窗口、滑块或其他用户界面元素)的位置处检测到输入(例如,通过接触的按压输入),特定用户界面元素根据检测到的输入被调整。在一些实现中,在触摸屏显示器上没有对应的光标的移动或者接触的移动的情况下(例如,通过使用tab键或箭头按键来将焦点从一个按钮移动到另一按钮),焦点从用户界面的一个区域被移动到用户界面的另一区域;在这些实现中,焦点选择器根据用户界面的不同区域之间的焦点的移动而移动。不考虑焦点选择器所采取的具体形式,焦点选择器总体上是由用户控制以便传达用户意图的与用户界面的交互(例如,通过向设备指示用户正要意图与其交互的用户界面的元素)的用户界面元素(或者触摸屏显示器上的接触)。例如,当在触敏表面(例如,触摸板或触摸屏)上检测到按压输入时,相应按钮上的焦点选择器(例如,光标、接触或选择框)的位置将指示用户正在意图激活该相应按钮(如在设备的显示器上所示的其他用户界面元素的对面)。As used herein, the term "focus selector" refers to an input element that indicates the current portion of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor and other positioning markers, the cursor acts as a "focus selector" such that when input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted based on the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1A or touch screen 112 in FIG. 4A ), a contact detected on the touch screen acts as a "focus selector" such that when input (e.g., a press input by a contact) is detected at the location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element) on the touch screen display, the particular user interface element is adjusted based on the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one area of a user interface to another area of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or contact on the touchscreen display (e.g., by using the tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another); in these implementations, a focus selector moves in accordance with the movement of focus between different areas of the user interface. Regardless of the specific form the focus selector takes, a focus selector is generally a user interface element (or contact on the touchscreen display) that is controlled by a user to communicate the user's intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating to the device the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, when a press input is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touchscreen), the position of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, contact, or selection box) on a corresponding button will indicate that the user is intending to activate the corresponding button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on the device's display).

如在说明书和权利要求中使用的,术语接触的“特征强度”指代基于接触的一个或多个强度的接触的特征。在一些实施例中,特征强度基于多个强度采样。特征强度可选地基于预定数目的强度采样,或者与预定事件相关的(例如,在检测到接触后、在检测到接触的提离之前、在检测到接触的运动的开始之前或之后、在检测到接触的结束之前、在检测到接触的强度上的增加之前或之后、和/或在检测到接触的强度上的减小之前或之后)在预定时间段期间(例如,0.05、0.1、0.2、0.5、1、2、5、10秒)收集的强度采样的集合。接触的特征强度可选地基于以下的一项或多项:接触的强度的最大值、接触的强度的中值、接触的强度的平均值、接触的强度的前10%的值、在接触的强度的一半最大处的值、在接触的强度的90%最大处的值等。在一些实施例中,接触的持续时间被用于确定特征强度(例如,当特征强度是接触的强度随时间的平均值时)。在一些实施例中,将特征强度与一个或多个强度阈值进行比较以确定用户是否已经执行操作。例如,一个或多个强度阈值的集合可以包括第一强度阈值和第二强度阈值。在该示例中,具有不超过第一阈值的特征强度的接触导致第一操作,具有超过第一强度阈值但不超过第二强度阈值的特征强度的接触导致第二操作,以及具有超过第二阈值的特征强度的接触导致第三操作。在一些实施例中,特征强度和一个或多个阈值之间的比较被用于确定是否执行一个或多个操作(例如,是否执行相应的操作或者放弃执行相应的操作),而不是被用于确定是执行第一操作还是第二操作。As used in the specification and claims, the term "characteristic intensity" of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on a plurality of intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is optionally based on a predetermined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) in association with a predetermined event (e.g., after the contact is detected, before the lift-off of the contact is detected, before or after the start of the movement of the contact is detected, before the end of the contact is detected, before or after an increase in the intensity of the contact is detected, and/or before or after a decrease in the intensity of the contact is detected). The characteristic intensity of the contact is optionally based on one or more of the following: a maximum value of the intensity of the contact, a median value of the intensity of the contact, an average value of the intensity of the contact, a value in the top 10% of the intensity of the contact, a value at half the maximum of the intensity of the contact, a value at 90% the maximum of the intensity of the contact, etc. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used to determine the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the feature intensity is compared to one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether the user has performed an operation. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds may include a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a feature intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a feature intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold but does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a feature intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, the comparison between the feature intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform the corresponding operation or abandon the corresponding operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform the first operation or the second operation.

图5C图示了利用多个强度传感器524A-524D检测触敏显示屏504上的多个接触552A-552E。图5C附加地包括示出强度传感器524A-524D相对于强度单位的当前强度测量值的强度图。在该示例中,强度传感器524A和524D的强度测量值分别是9个强度单位,并且强度传感器524B和524C的强度测量值分别是7个强度单位。在一些实现中,聚合强度是多个强度传感器524A-524D的强度测量值的和,在该示例中其为32个强度单位。在一些实施例中,每个接触被指配作为聚合强度的一部分的相应的强度。图5D图示了基于其距离力中心554的距离来向接触552A-552E指配聚合强度。在该示例中,接触552A、552B和552E中的每个接触被指配了聚合强度中的8个强度单位的接触强度,并且接触552C和552D中的每个接触被指配了聚合强度中的4个强度单位的接触强度。更一般地,在一些实现中,每个接触j根据预定的数学方程Ij=A·(Dj/ΣDi)被指配了作为聚合强度A的一部分的相应的强度Ij,其中Dj是相应的接触j到力中心的距离,并且ΣDi是所有相应的接触(例如,i=1至最后)到力中心的距离之和。关于图5C-5D描述的操作可以使用类似于设备100、300或500或者与设备100、300或500相同的电子设备来执行。在一些实施例中,接触的特征强度基于一个或多个接触强度。在一些实施例中,强度传感器被用于确定单个特征强度(例如,单个接触的单个特征强度)。应当注意的是,强度图不是显示的用户界面的一部分,但是被包括在图5C-5D中以辅助读者。Figure 5C illustrates detecting multiple contacts 552A-552E on touch-sensitive display screen 504 using multiple intensity sensors 524A-524D. Figure 5C additionally includes an intensity graph showing the current intensity measurements of intensity sensors 524A-524D relative to intensity units. In this example, the intensity measurements of intensity sensors 524A and 524D are each 9 intensity units, and the intensity measurements of intensity sensors 524B and 524C are each 7 intensity units. In some implementations, the aggregate intensity is the sum of the intensity measurements of multiple intensity sensors 524A-524D, which in this example is 32 intensity units. In some embodiments, each contact is assigned a corresponding intensity as part of the aggregate intensity. Figure 5D illustrates assigning aggregate intensity to contacts 552A-552E based on their distance from force center 554. In this example, each of contacts 552A, 552B, and 552E is assigned a contact strength of 8 strength units of the aggregate strength, and each of contacts 552C and 552D is assigned a contact strength of 4 strength units of the aggregate strength. More generally, in some implementations, each contact j is assigned a corresponding strength Ij as a portion of the aggregate strength A according to a predetermined mathematical equation Ij=A·(Dj/ΣDi), where Dj is the distance of the corresponding contact j to the force center, and ΣDi is the sum of the distances of all corresponding contacts (e.g., i=1 to the last) to the force center. The operations described with respect to Figures 5C-5D can be performed using an electronic device similar to or the same as device 100, 300, or 500. In some embodiments, the characteristic strength of a contact is based on one or more contact strengths. In some embodiments, a strength sensor is used to determine a single characteristic strength (e.g., a single characteristic strength of a single contact). It should be noted that the strength graph is not part of the displayed user interface, but is included in Figures 5C-5D to assist the reader.

在一些实施例中,为了确定特征强度的目的而标识手势的部分。例如,触敏表面可以接收从开始位置过度并到达结束位置的连续的扫掠接触,此时接触强度增加。在该示例中,在结束位置处的接触的特征强度可以仅基于连续扫掠接触的一部分而非整个扫掠接触(例如,仅在结束位置处的扫掠接触的部分)。在一些实施例中,在确定接触的特征强度之前,平滑算法可以被应用于扫掠接触的强度。例如,平滑算法可选地包括以下的一项或多项:未加权的滑动平均平滑算法、三角平滑算法、中值滤波器平滑算法和/或指数平滑算法。在一些情况下,为了确定特征强度的目的,这些平滑算法消除在扫掠接触的强度中的狭窄的峰或跌落。In some embodiments, portions of a gesture are identified for the purpose of determining characteristic strength. For example, a touch-sensitive surface may receive a continuous sweeping contact that transitions from a starting position and reaches an ending position, at which point the contact strength increases. In this example, the characteristic strength of the contact at the ending position may be based only on a portion of the continuous sweeping contact rather than the entire sweeping contact (e.g., only the portion of the sweeping contact at the ending position). In some embodiments, before determining the characteristic strength of the contact, a smoothing algorithm may be applied to the intensity of the sweeping contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm may optionally include one or more of the following: an unweighted sliding average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some cases, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow peaks or dips in the intensity of the sweeping contact for the purpose of determining characteristic strength.

触敏表面上的触摸的强度可以相对于一个或多个强度阈值来被表征,诸如接触检测强度阈值、轻度按压强度阈值、深度按压强度阈值和/或一个或多个其他强度阈值。在一些实施例中,轻度按压强度阈值对应于设备将执行通常与点击物理鼠标或触摸板的按钮相关联的操作的强度。在一些实施例中,深度按压强度阈值对应于设备将执行与通常与点击物理鼠标或触摸板的按钮相关联的操作不同的操作的强度。在一些实施例中,当接触被检测到具有低于轻度按压强度阈值(例如,并且高于标称接触检测强度阈值,低于该标称接触检测强度阈值接触不再被检测到)的特征强度时,设备将根据触敏表面上的接触的移动来移动焦点选择器,而不执行与轻度按压强度阈值或深度按压强度阈值相关联的操作。总体上,除非另外指明,这些强度阈值在用户界面图形的不同集合之间是一致的。The intensity of a touch on a touch-sensitive surface can be characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform an operation typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or touchpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform an operation different from the operation typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or touchpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity that is below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact detection intensity threshold, below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move the focus selector in accordance with the movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing the operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. In general, unless otherwise specified, these intensity thresholds are consistent across different sets of user interface graphics.

接触的特征强度从低于轻度按压强度阈值的强度增加到轻度按压强度阈值和深度按压强度阈值之间的强度有时被称为“轻度按压”输入。接触的特征强度从低于深度按压强度阈值的强度增加到高于深度按压强度阈值的强度有时被称为“深度按压”输入。接触的特征强度从低于接触检测强度阈值的强度增加到接触检测强度阈值和轻度按压强度阈值之间的强度有时被称为检测到触摸表面上的接触。接触的特征强度从高于接触检测强度阈值的强度减小到低于接触检测强度阈值的强度有时被称为检测到接触从触摸表面提离。在一些实施例中,接触检测强度阈值是零。在一些实施例中,接触检测强度阈值大于零。An increase in the characteristic intensity of a contact from an intensity below a light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a "light press" input. An increase in the characteristic intensity of a contact from an intensity below a deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a "deep press" input. An increase in the characteristic intensity of a contact from an intensity below a contact detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting a contact on the touch surface. A decrease in the characteristic intensity of a contact from an intensity above the contact detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting a contact lifted from the touch surface. In some embodiments, the contact detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.

在本文描述的一些实施例中,响应于检测到包括相应的按压输入的手势或者响应于检测到通过相应的接触(或多个接触)执行的相应的按压输入来执行一个或多个操作,其中至少部分地基于检测到接触(或多个接触)的强度增加到按压输入强度阈值以上来检测相应的按压输入。在一些实施例中,响应于检测到相应的接触的强度增加到按压输入强度阈值以上(例如,相应的按压输入的“下行程”)来执行相应的操作。在一些实施例中,按压输入包括相应的接触的强度增加到按压输入强度阈值以上以及随后的接触的强度减小到按压输入强度阈值以下,并且响应于检测到随后的相应接触的强度减小到按压输入阈值以下(例如,相应的按压输入的“上行程”)来执行相应的操作。In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a corresponding press input, or in response to detecting a corresponding press input performed by a corresponding contact (or contacts), wherein the corresponding press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or contacts) above a press input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the corresponding operation is performed in response to detecting an increase in intensity of the corresponding contact above the press input intensity threshold (e.g., a "downstroke" of the corresponding press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the corresponding contact above the press input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press input intensity threshold, and the corresponding operation is performed in response to detecting a subsequent decrease in intensity of the corresponding contact below the press input threshold (e.g., an "upstroke" of the corresponding press input).

图5E-5H图示了包括按压输入的手势的检测,该按压输入对应于接触562的强度从图5E中的低于轻度按压强度阈值(例如,“ITL”)的强度增加到图5H中的高于深度按压强度阈值(例如,“ITD”)的强度。当光标576被显示在对应于App2的应用图标572B之上时,在触敏表面560上、在包括在预定区域574中显示的应用图标572A-572D的显示的用户界面570上检测到与接触562一同执行的手势。在一些实施例中,在触敏显示器504上检测到手势。强度传感器检测触敏表面560上的接触的强度。设备确定接触562的强度触及到深度按压强度阈值(例如,“ITD”)以上。接触562被维持在触敏表面560上。如图5F-5H所示,响应于手势的检测,并且根据具有在手势期间超过深度按压强度阈值(例如,“ITD”)的强度的接触562,显示了针对App2的最近打开的文档的比例缩小的表示578A-578C(例如,缩略图)。在一些实施例中,与一个或多个强度阈值比较的强度是接触的特征强度。应当注意的是,针对接触562的强度图不是显示的用户界面的一部分,但是被包括在图5E-5H中以辅助读者。Figures 5E-5H illustrate detection of a gesture including a press input corresponding to an increase in the intensity of contact 562 from an intensity below a light press intensity threshold (e.g., "IT L ") in Figure 5E to an intensity above a deep press intensity threshold (e.g., "IT D ") in Figure 5H . While cursor 576 is displayed over application icon 572B corresponding to App2, a gesture performed in conjunction with contact 562 is detected on touch-sensitive surface 560, on displayed user interface 570 including application icons 572A-572D displayed in predetermined area 574. In some embodiments, the gesture is detected on touch-sensitive display 504. An intensity sensor detects the intensity of the contact on touch-sensitive surface 560. The device determines that the intensity of contact 562 reaches above a deep press intensity threshold (e.g., "IT D "). Contact 562 is maintained on touch-sensitive surface 560. As shown in Figures 5F-5H, in response to detection of the gesture, and based on contact 562 having an intensity that exceeds a deep press intensity threshold (e.g., "IT D ") during the gesture, scaled-down representations 578A-578C (e.g., thumbnails) of recently opened documents for App2 are displayed. In some embodiments, the intensity compared to the one or more intensity thresholds is a characteristic intensity of the contact. It should be noted that the intensity map for contact 562 is not part of the displayed user interface, but is included in Figures 5E-5H to assist the reader.

在一些实施例中,表示578A-578C的显示包括动画。例如,如图5F所示,表示578A被初始地显示在应用图标572B附近。如图5G所示,随着动画进行,表示578A向上移动并且表示578B被显示在应用图标572B附近。然后表示578A向上移动,578B朝着表示578A向上移动,并且如图5H所示,表示578C被显示在应用图标572B附近。表示578A-578C在图标572B以上形成阵列。在一些实施例中,动画根据接触562的强度来进行,如图5F-5G所示,其中表示578A-578C出现并且随着接触562的强度朝着深度按压强度阈值(例如,“ITD”)的增加而向上移动。在一些实施例中,动画的进行所基于的强度是接触的特征强度。关于图5E-5H描述的操作可以使用与设备100、300或500类似或相同的电子设备来执行。In some embodiments, the display of representations 578A-578C includes animation. For example, as shown in Figure 5F, representation 578A is initially displayed near application icon 572B. As shown in Figure 5G, as the animation proceeds, representation 578A moves upward and representation 578B is displayed near application icon 572B. Representation 578A then moves upward, 578B moves upward toward representation 578A, and as shown in Figure 5H, representation 578C is displayed near application icon 572B. Representations 578A-578C form an array above icon 572B. In some embodiments, the animation proceeds according to the intensity of contact 562, as shown in Figures 5F-5G, wherein representations 578A-578C appear and move upward as the intensity of contact 562 increases toward a deep press intensity threshold (e.g., "IT D "). In some embodiments, the intensity on which the animation proceeds is the characteristic intensity of the contact. The operations described with respect to Figures 5E-5H can be performed using an electronic device similar or identical to device 100, 300, or 500.

在一些实施例中,设备采用强度滞后来避免有时称为“抖动”的意外输入,其中设备定义或选择具有与按压输入强度阈值的预定关系的滞后强度阈值(例如,滞后强度阈值比按压输入强度阈值低X个强度单位,或者滞后强度阈值是按压输入强度阈值的75%、90%或者一些合理的比例)。因此,在一些实施例中,按压输入包括相应的接触的强度增加到高于按压输入强度阈值以及随后的接触的强度减小到低于与按压输入强度阈值对应的滞后强度阈值,并且响应于检测到随后的相应接触的强度减小到低于滞后强度阈值(例如,相应的按压输入的“上行程”)来执行相应的操作。类似地,在一些实施例中,仅当设备检测到接触的强度从等于或低于滞后强度阈值的强度增加到等于或高于按压输入强度阈值的强度,以及可选地,随后接触的强度减小到等于或低于滞后强度的强度时检测到按压输入,并且响应于检测到按压输入(例如,根据情况,接触的强度的增加或者接触的强度的减小)来执行相应的操作。In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid unexpected inputs, sometimes referred to as "jitter," where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold that has a predetermined relationship to a press input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press input intensity threshold, or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, a press input includes an increase in intensity of a corresponding contact above the press input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press input intensity threshold, and in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the corresponding contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an "upstroke" of the corresponding press input), a corresponding operation is performed. Similarly, in some embodiments, a press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in the intensity of the contact from an intensity equal to or less than a hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity equal to or greater than a press input intensity threshold, and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in the intensity of the contact to an intensity equal to or less than the hysteresis intensity, and a corresponding operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., an increase in the intensity of the contact or a decrease in the intensity of the contact, as the case may be).

为了便于说明,响应于与按压输入强度阈值相关联的按压输入或者响应于包括该按压输入的手势而执行的操作的描述可选地响应于检测到以下任一项而被触发:接触的强度增加到按压输入强度阈值以上、接触的强度从低于滞后强度阈值的强度增加到高于按压输入强度阈值的强度、接触的强度减小到按压输入强度阈值以下和/或接触的强度减小到对应于按压输入强度阈值的滞后强度阈值以下。此外,在其中操作被描述为响应于检测到接触的强度减小到按压输入强度阈值以下来执行的示例中,该操作可选地响应于检测到接触的强度减小到与按压输入强度阈值对应的滞后强度阈值以下来执行。现在将注意力指向可以被实现在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(诸如,设备100、300和/或500)上以在管理警报中提高用户体验的用户界面和相关联的过程的实施例。For ease of explanation, descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press input intensity threshold, or in response to a gesture including the press input, are optionally triggered in response to detecting any of: an increase in the intensity of a contact above the press input intensity threshold, an increase in the intensity of a contact from an intensity below a hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press input intensity threshold, a decrease in the intensity of a contact below the press input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in the intensity of a contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in the intensity of a contact below the press input intensity threshold, the operation is optionally performed in response to detecting a decrease in the intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press input intensity threshold. Attention is now directed to embodiments of a user interface and associated processes that can be implemented on a multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface (such as device 100, 300, and/or 500) to improve the user experience in managing alerts.

1.用于管理警报的用户界面1. User interface for managing alerts

以下描述的用于管理警报的用户界面由设备500能够响应于接收到警报和检测到各种用户输入而显示的示例性屏幕序列来图示。在这些序列中,箭头指示屏幕可以被显示的顺序。The user interface for managing alarms described below is illustrated by exemplary sequences of screens that device 500 can display in response to receiving an alarm and detecting various user inputs. In these sequences, arrows indicate the order in which the screens may be displayed.

a.显示通知a. Display notification

图6A-6B描绘了设备500能够在接收到警报后显示的示例性屏幕604、612。初始地,触摸屏504可以被关掉或不活跃。响应于接收到警报,设备500可以发出感知输出602,诸如可听的、可见的或者能够被用户察觉的触觉输出。在一些实施例中,设备500可以通过使得设备500上的触觉机制发出触觉输出来发出感知输出。在一些实施例中,设备500可以通过播放用户可听的声音或音调来发出感知输出。在一些实施例中,设备500可以通过显示可见输出,诸如闪光或者触摸屏504上的指示器,来发出感知输出。6A-6B depict exemplary screens 604, 612 that device 500 can display after receiving an alarm. Initially, touch screen 504 can be turned off or inactive. In response to receiving an alarm, device 500 can issue a sensory output 602, such as a tactile output that is audible, visible, or can be perceived by the user. In some embodiments, device 500 can issue a sensory output by causing the tactile mechanism on device 500 to issue a tactile output. In some embodiments, device 500 can issue a sensory output by playing a sound or tone that is audible to the user. In some embodiments, device 500 can issue a sensory output by displaying a visible output, such as an indicator on a flash or touch screen 504.

在一些实施例中,发出触觉输出包括发出第一触觉输出,并且在发出第一触觉输出之后发出第二触觉输出,其中第一触觉输出与第二触觉输出不同。为了提高用户察觉触觉输出的显著性,用户可能希望接收“预警报”触觉输出。如下所述,第一触觉输出可以使用户准备好(prime)接收第二触觉输出,在一些实施例中第二触觉输出可以指示具体的信息(例如,警报的源)或者与第二感知输出(例如,可听的或者可见的输出)相关联。例如,对于用户而言在移动或关注别的东西时察觉触觉输出可能是困难的。因此,使用户准备好察觉第二触觉输出(以及可选地,相关联的第二感知输出)的第一触觉输出可以是有利的。In some embodiments, emitting a tactile output includes emitting a first tactile output, and emitting a second tactile output after emitting the first tactile output, wherein the first tactile output is different from the second tactile output. In order to improve the significance of the user's perception of the tactile output, the user may wish to receive a "pre-alarm" tactile output. As described below, the first tactile output can prime the user to receive the second tactile output, which in some embodiments can indicate specific information (e.g., the source of the alarm) or be associated with a second perceptual output (e.g., audible or visible output). For example, it may be difficult for the user to perceive the tactile output when moving or paying attention to something else. Therefore, it may be advantageous to prepare the user for the first tactile output to perceive the second tactile output (and optionally, the associated second perceptual output).

用户可能希望基于警报的源来接收触觉输出。例如,用户可能希望针对电子邮件警报接收与针对语音邮件警报不同的触觉输出。为了提供不同的触觉输出,设备可以发出具有不同的可听的或可见的输出的触觉输出,或者设备可以发出具有不同质量(例如,不同强度、持续时间和/或模式)的触觉输出。允许用户接收区分警报的源的不同的触觉输出使得用户能够察觉警报的类型而不是必需查看显示器,因此节约了电池寿命。在一些实施例中,第二触觉输出基于警报的源。在一些实施例中,第二触觉输出与可听或可见的输出一起而被发出。The user may wish to receive a tactile output based on the source of the alarm. For example, the user may wish to receive a different tactile output for an email alarm than for a voicemail alarm. In order to provide different tactile outputs, the device can emit tactile outputs with different audible or visible outputs, or the device can emit tactile outputs with different qualities (e.g., different intensities, durations, and/or patterns). Allowing the user to receive different tactile outputs that distinguish the source of the alarm enables the user to perceive the type of alarm without having to look at the display, thereby saving battery life. In some embodiments, the second tactile output is based on the source of the alarm. In some embodiments, the second tactile output is emitted together with the audible or visible output.

在一些实施例中,第一触觉输出与第二触觉输出相比具有更大的强度和/或持续时间。这可以是有利的,例如,通过向用户提供更强的触觉信号,将他们的注意力吸引到设备500为第二触觉信号做准备(例如,具有基于警报的源的独特方面的第二触觉信号、或者与可听或可见的输出相关联的第二触觉信号)。在一些实施例中,设备500可以包括用于配置发出触觉输出是否包括发出第一、“准备”触觉输出的用户界面(未示出)。在这样的实施例中,如果设备500被配置为不发出“准备”触觉输出,发出触觉输出可以包括发出仅一个触觉输出。In some embodiments, the first tactile output has greater intensity and/or duration than the second tactile output. This can be advantageous, for example, by providing a stronger tactile signal to the user, drawing their attention to the device 500 preparing for the second tactile signal (e.g., a second tactile signal with a unique aspect based on the source of the alarm, or a second tactile signal associated with an audible or visible output). In some embodiments, the device 500 may include a user interface (not shown) for configuring whether issuing a tactile output includes issuing a first, “prepare” tactile output. In such an embodiment, if the device 500 is configured not to issue a “prepare” tactile output, issuing a tactile output may include issuing only one tactile output.

如图6A中描绘的,响应于在感知输出602之后的预定时间间隔内检测到后续用户输入,设备500可以显示具有表示接收到的警报的通知606的显示屏604。在一些实施例中,用户输入可以是触摸屏504上的接触,诸如扫掠或轻敲。在一些实施例中,如果设备500被戴在用户的手腕上,则用户输入可以是指示用户通过抬高或旋转其手腕来将设备500移动到查看位置的信号。如本文中使用的,查看位置是该用户能够查看触摸屏504的、设备500的位置。在一些实施例中,如通过引用以其整体并入于此的美国临时专利申请第62/026,532号“Raise Gesture Detection in a Device”中描述的,设备500可以检测指示用户抬高或放低其手腕的信号。As depicted in FIG6A , in response to detecting subsequent user input within a predetermined time interval after sensory output 602, device 500 may display display 604 with a notification 606 indicating a received alert. In some embodiments, user input may be a contact on touchscreen 504, such as a swipe or tap. In some embodiments, if device 500 is worn on a user's wrist, user input may be a signal instructing the user to move device 500 to a viewing position by raising or rotating their wrist. As used herein, a viewing position is a position of device 500 at which the user can view touchscreen 504. In some embodiments, device 500 may detect a signal instructing the user to raise or lower their wrist, as described in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/026,532, “Raise Gesture Detection in a Device,” which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

接收到的警报包括信息。这样的信息可以包括警报的源、与警报相关联的应用和/或与警报相关联的时间和/或日期,例如,连同文本、图像或音频内容。在一些实施例中,表示接收到的警报的通知包括警报信息的一部分。例如,如在图6A中描绘的,通知606包括警报的源610(Jason Jones)和指示与警报相关联的应用的应用可供件608——在本示例中,文本消息应用。(在屏幕604上描绘的虚线矩形指示通知的内容,但是虚线矩形可以不被显示。)在一些实施例中,响应于检测到应用可供件608的选择,设备500可以启动与警报相关联的应用。在一些实施例中,启动应用包括在触摸屏504上显示应用并且在该应用内打开警报用于查看、编辑或响应。The received alert includes information. Such information may include the source of the alert, the application associated with the alert, and/or the time and/or date associated with the alert, for example, along with text, image, or audio content. In some embodiments, the notification representing the received alert includes a portion of the alert information. For example, as depicted in FIG6A , notification 606 includes the source 610 (Jason Jones) of the alert and an application affordance 608 indicating the application associated with the alert—in this example, a text messaging application. (The dotted rectangle depicted on screen 604 indicates the content of the notification, but the dotted rectangle may not be displayed.) In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of application affordance 608, device 500 may launch the application associated with the alert. In some embodiments, launching the application includes displaying the application on touch screen 504 and opening the alert within the application for viewing, editing, or responding.

如以上讨论的,设备500能够响应于在跟随触觉输出的预定时间间隔内检测到用户输入而显示屏幕604。在一些实施例中,预定时间间隔的范围可以从0秒到3分钟。在其他实施例中,预定时间间隔的范围可以从0秒到1分钟。在另一些实施例中,预定时间间隔可以由用户设置,或者可以在用户提供输入之前由设备500基于之前的用户行为(诸如,之前流逝的时间的平均值)来确定。As discussed above, device 500 can display screen 604 in response to detecting a user input within a predetermined time interval following the tactile output. In some embodiments, the predetermined time interval can range from 0 seconds to 3 minutes. In other embodiments, the predetermined time interval can range from 0 seconds to 1 minute. In other embodiments, the predetermined time interval can be set by the user, or can be determined by device 500 based on previous user behavior (such as, an average of previously elapsed time) before the user provides input.

在图6A中描述的情景可以对应于当已经察觉到响应于接收到警报而由设备500发出的感知输出的用户希望立即查看表示接收到的警报的通知并且因此在预定时间间隔内将设备500移动到适合于查看触摸屏504的位置(例如,通过抬高其手腕)时的情况。The scenario depicted in FIG6A may correspond to a situation when a user, having perceived a sensory output emitted by device 500 in response to receiving an alert, wishes to immediately view a notification representing the received alert and therefore moves device 500 to a position suitable for viewing touch screen 504 (e.g., by raising their wrist) within a predetermined time interval.

如在图6B中描绘的,如果设备500在预定时间间隔后检测到用户输入,则设备500可以代之以通过显示钟面612来响应。该情景可以对应于当用户不希望立即查看通知并且在感知输出602之后的某时刻抬高其手腕以查看触摸屏504时的情况。在一些实施例中,钟面612可以包括指示当前时间的用户界面对象616。在一些实施例中,钟面612可以包括对应于接收到的警报的未读警报614的指示,因为警报内容尚未被显示。如图6B所示,指示614可以是点。图6C描述了其中指示614是人字标记(chevron)的另一实施例。在一些实施例中,替代人字标记,设备500显示箭头、三角形或提供方向指示的其他图形对象。以下更详细地描述未读警报的指示。As depicted in Figure 6B, if device 500 detects user input after a predetermined time interval, device 500 can respond by displaying clock face 612 instead. This scenario can correspond to a situation when the user does not want to view the notification immediately and raises his wrist to view touch screen 504 at some point after perceiving output 602. In some embodiments, clock face 612 may include a user interface object 616 indicating the current time. In some embodiments, clock face 612 may include an indication of unread alerts 614 corresponding to received alerts because the alert content has not yet been displayed. As shown in Figure 6B, indication 614 may be a dot. Figure 6C describes another embodiment in which indication 614 is a chevron. In some embodiments, instead of a chevron, device 500 displays an arrow, a triangle, or other graphic objects that provide a directional indication. The following describes the indication of unread alerts in more detail.

在一些实施例中,设备500可以显示主屏幕而非钟面612。在图7中描绘了示例性主屏幕706。该主屏幕可以包括表示多个应用的多个可供件,并且可以包括对应于接收到的警报的未读警报的指示。In some embodiments, device 500 may display a home screen instead of clock face 612. An exemplary home screen 706 is depicted in Figure 7. The home screen may include multiple affordances representing multiple applications and may include an indication of unread alerts corresponding to received alerts.

如果设备500在感知输出后的预定时间间隔内未检测到用户输入,则设备500可以保留在其初始的黑暗或不活跃状态而不显示屏幕604。该情景可以对应于当用户不希望立即查看通知或者希望避免允许附近的其他人查看通知,并且因此在察觉感知输出后不将设备500移动到用于查看触摸屏504的位置时的情况。If device 500 does not detect user input within a predetermined time interval after the sensory output, device 500 may remain in its initial dark or inactive state without displaying screen 604. This scenario may correspond to a situation when the user does not wish to view the notification immediately or wishes to avoid allowing others nearby to view the notification, and therefore does not move device 500 to a position for viewing touch screen 504 after perceiving the sensory output.

当通知606被显示时,如果设备500在显示通知之后的第二预定时间间隔内检测到第二用户输入,则设备500可以使触摸屏504返回到其初始的黑暗或不活跃状态。例如,第二用户输入可以是指示用户通过放低和/或旋转其手腕将设备500移动出查看位置的信号。响应于在第二预定时间间隔内检测到第二用户输入,设备500可以将显示器返回到其初始的黑暗或不活跃状态。该情景可以对应于其中已经查看到通知的用户不希望继续查看或与设备500交互并因此放低其手腕的情况。When notification 606 is displayed, if device 500 detects a second user input within a second predetermined time interval after displaying the notification, device 500 may return touch screen 504 to its initial dark or inactive state. For example, the second user input may be a signal instructing the user to move device 500 out of the viewing position by lowering and/or rotating their wrist. In response to detecting the second user input within the second predetermined time interval, device 500 may return the display to its initial dark or inactive state. This scenario may correspond to a situation in which a user who has viewed a notification no longer wishes to view or interact with device 500 and therefore lowers their wrist.

在一些实施例中,显示通知606涉及将在垂直方向上滑动通知606的动画显示到触摸屏504上。例如,设备500可以显示如下动画:该动画将通知606从触摸屏504的底部向上滑动到触摸屏504上。这样的动画可以向用户提供视觉提示,因为通知从(例如)屏幕的底部上升,可以通过在动画的相反方向上与触摸屏504的接触(诸如向下刷)以“下推”通知来执行解除警报。用户还可以从动画推断在与动画相同方向上的与触摸屏504的接触可以“上拉”(例如,显示)附加的警报信息,诸如文本消息的主体或者与日历警报相关联的附加文本。因此,由设备500显示的动画可以向用户提供关于用户能够向设备500提供的潜在输入的视觉提示。本领域技术人员将会认识到,用于通知的动画方向不需要在向上的方向上;例如,通知可以从屏幕的顶部向下滑动到触摸屏上,在该情况下用户可以推断解除通知可能需要向上刷。这样的视觉提示可以在不要求在尺寸减小的屏幕上显示详细的指令的情况下通过引导用户应用适当的输入来改善人机界面。In some embodiments, displaying notification 606 involves displaying an animation that slides notification 606 in a vertical direction onto touchscreen 504. For example, device 500 may display an animation that slides notification 606 upward onto touchscreen 504 from the bottom of touchscreen 504. Such an animation can provide a visual cue to the user, because the notification rises from (for example) the bottom of the screen, that dismissing the alert can be performed by making contact with touchscreen 504 in the opposite direction of the animation (such as swiping downward) to "push down" the notification. The user can also infer from the animation that contact with touchscreen 504 in the same direction as the animation can "pull up" (for example, to display) additional alert information, such as the body of a text message or additional text associated with a calendar alert. Thus, the animation displayed by device 500 can provide a visual cue to the user regarding potential input the user can provide to device 500. Those skilled in the art will recognize that the animation direction for a notification need not be in an upward direction; for example, a notification can slide downward onto the touchscreen from the top of the screen, in which case the user may infer that dismissing the notification may require swiping upward. Such visual cues can improve the human-computer interface by guiding the user to apply appropriate inputs without requiring detailed instructions to be displayed on a reduced-size screen.

如以上描述的,在一些实施例中,设备500可以发出感知输出,诸如通过使得触觉机制响应于接收到警报来发出触觉输出,从而通知用户警报已经被接收。然而,在一些实施例中,设备500可以响应于接收到警报而延迟发出感知输出,以便在有可能更方便于用户的时刻递送感知输出。例如,设备500可以延迟感知输出直到用户相对不活跃并且因此更有可能察觉感知输出,或者在用户有效地参与到活动中或者正在睡觉时延迟感知输出以避免打扰用户。在一些实施例中,响应于接收到警报,设备500可以从一个或多个运动传感器、加速度计、心率监测仪和/或其他类型的传感器获取数据,以确定当前用户活动水平——诸如用户是否正在锻炼、打字或者睡觉。设备500可以延迟感知输出直到确定的用户活动水平满足活动标准。在一些实施例中,例如,该活动标准可以包括用户是相对静止的(如通过来自设备500上的传感器的输出确定的)、已经从在物理键盘上的打字中暂停、已经暂停说话、或者没有睡觉。以此方式,设备500可以发出感知输出以在可能比较不会打扰用户、同时更有可能被用户察觉的时刻通知用户已经接收到新的警报。As described above, in some embodiments, device 500 can emit a sensory output, such as by causing a haptic mechanism to emit a tactile output in response to receiving an alert, thereby notifying the user that the alert has been received. However, in some embodiments, device 500 can delay the issuance of a sensory output in response to receiving an alert so that the sensory output is delivered at a time that is more convenient for the user. For example, device 500 can delay the sensory output until the user is relatively inactive and therefore more likely to perceive the sensory output, or delay the sensory output when the user is actively engaged in an activity or is sleeping to avoid disturbing the user. In some embodiments, in response to receiving an alert, device 500 can obtain data from one or more motion sensors, accelerometers, heart rate monitors, and/or other types of sensors to determine the current user activity level—such as whether the user is exercising, typing, or sleeping. Device 500 can delay the sensory output until the determined user activity level meets activity criteria. In some embodiments, for example, the activity criteria can include the user being relatively still (as determined by output from sensors on device 500), having paused from typing on a physical keyboard, having paused speaking, or not sleeping. In this way, device 500 can emit a sensory output to notify the user that a new alert has been received at a time that is likely to be less intrusive to the user, while being more likely to be perceived by the user.

在设备500已经显示通知之后,用户可以选择解除通知或者显示警报内容(例如,文本消息的主体或者与日历警报相关联的文本)等。After device 500 has displayed a notification, the user may choose to dismiss the notification, display the alert content (eg, the body of a text message or text associated with a calendar alert), etc.

b.解除通知b. Cancellation notification

图7示出了在接收到警报后设备500能够在触摸屏504上显示的另一示例性屏幕序列。如关于图6A讨论的,触摸屏504可以初始地是黑的或者不活跃的。响应于接收到警报,设备500可以发出感知输出。如图6A中描述的,响应于在跟随感知输出的第一预定时间间隔内接收到用户输入,设备500显示包括通知606的屏幕604,通知606表示接收到的警报。在该示例性序列中,在屏幕604上显示通知606涉及显示从触摸屏504的底部向上滑动通知606的动画。FIG7 illustrates another exemplary sequence of screens that device 500 can display on touch screen 504 after receiving an alert. As discussed with respect to FIG6A , touch screen 504 may initially be black or inactive. In response to receiving the alert, device 500 may issue a sensory output. As depicted in FIG6A , in response to receiving user input within a first predetermined time interval following the sensory output, device 500 displays screen 604 including notification 606 indicating the received alert. In this exemplary sequence, displaying notification 606 on screen 604 involves displaying an animation of notification 606 sliding upward from the bottom of touch screen 504.

如果在显示通知606时设备500检测到触摸屏504上的接触满足解除标准,则设备500可以解除通知606。在一些实施例中,解除通知606涉及从显示器上移除通知606,和/或将通知的显示替换为钟面(诸如图6B中的钟面612)或主屏幕706的显示。If device 500 detects a contact on touch screen 504 that satisfies dismissal criteria while notification 606 is displayed, device 500 can dismiss notification 606. In some embodiments, dismissing notification 606 involves removing notification 606 from the display and/or replacing the display of the notification with a clock face (such as clock face 612 in FIG. 6B ) or display of home screen 706.

在一些实施例中,如果接触是触摸屏504上的扫掠或轻扫,则其满足解除标准。在一些实施例中,如果接触是触摸屏504上的在特定方向的扫掠或轻扫,诸如在与动画将通知滑动到触摸屏504上的方向相反的方向上的扫掠或轻扫,则该接触满足解除标准。例如,如果动画将通知从底部向上滑动到触摸屏504上,则如果接触是触摸屏504上的在向下方向的扫掠,该接触可以满足解除标准。在一些实施例中,如果穿过触摸屏的扫掠或轻扫的距离超过阈值距离,则该接触可以满足解除标准。在一些实施例中,阈值距离可以是触摸屏504的长度的1/4、一半或3/4。In some embodiments, a contact satisfies the dismissal criteria if it is a sweep or swipe across touch screen 504. In some embodiments, a contact satisfies the dismissal criteria if it is a sweep or swipe across touch screen 504 in a particular direction, such as a sweep or swipe in the opposite direction to the direction in which the animation slid the notification onto touch screen 504. For example, if the animation slides the notification onto touch screen 504 from the bottom up, the contact may satisfy the dismissal criteria if it is a sweep in a downward direction across touch screen 504. In some embodiments, the contact may satisfy the dismissal criteria if the distance of the sweep or swipe across the touch screen exceeds a threshold distance. In some embodiments, the threshold distance may be 1/4, half, or 3/4 of the length of touch screen 504.

返回图7,在一些实施例中,响应于在显示通知606的同时检测到触摸屏504上的接触的移动(诸如扫掠),则设备500可以在触摸屏上、在接触的移动的方向上来滑动通知606并且邻近于该通知来显示解除指示器714。如图7所示,在一些实施例中,如果接触的移动的方向是向下的,则解除指示器可以被显示在通知以上。解除指示器714可以向用户提供视觉提示,如果接触的移动在相同的方向上继续,则通知将被解除。在显示解除指示器之后,在一些实施例中,如果接触满足阈值标准,则响应于接收到接触的释放,设备500可以解除通知606并且从触摸屏504移除解除指示器714。如果接触不满足阈值标准(例如,如果接触的移动没有超过阈值距离),则设备500可以显示将通知606滑动回其在显示器上的初始位置并且从显示器移除解除指示器714的动画。因此,在该示例中,用户必须“下推”通知足够远至超过阈值距离以便于解除通知;否则,通知弹回其原始位置。在一些实施例中,如图7中描绘的,解除通知606涉及显示将通知606滑动出触摸屏504的动画。在一些实施例中,动画在扫掠或轻扫的方向上将通知606滑动出触摸屏504。Returning to FIG. 7 , in some embodiments, in response to detecting movement of a contact (such as a swipe) on the touch screen 504 while displaying notification 606, the device 500 may slide notification 606 on the touch screen in the direction of the contact's movement and display a dismiss indicator 714 adjacent to the notification. As shown in FIG. 7 , in some embodiments, if the direction of the contact's movement is downward, the dismiss indicator may be displayed above the notification. The dismiss indicator 714 may provide a visual cue to the user that the notification will be dismissed if the movement of the contact continues in the same direction. After displaying the dismiss indicator, in some embodiments, if the contact meets threshold criteria, then in response to receiving a release of the contact, the device 500 may dismiss the notification 606 and remove the dismiss indicator 714 from the touch screen 504. If the contact does not meet the threshold criteria (e.g., if the movement of the contact does not exceed a threshold distance), the device 500 may display an animation that slides the notification 606 back to its initial position on the display and removes the dismiss indicator 714 from the display. Thus, in this example, the user must "push down" the notification far enough to exceed the threshold distance in order to dismiss the notification; otherwise, the notification bounces back to its original position. In some embodiments, as depicted in FIG7 , dismissing notification 606 involves displaying an animation that slides notification 606 off touch screen 504. In some embodiments, the animation slides notification 606 off touch screen 504 in the direction of the sweep or swipe.

如之前讨论的,在通知被显示时用户还可以通过放低其手腕(如由设备500检测的)来解除通知。在一些实施例中,与如较早描述的在响应于检测到指示放低用户的手腕的信号而解除通知时相比,在响应于检测到满足解除标准的接触而解除通知时(如关于图7讨论的)设备500可以不同地响应。例如,如果设备500被戴在用户的手腕上并且设备500检测到指示用户放低其手腕的信号,则设备500可以假定用户不再查看触摸屏504,并且因此可以在解除通知后关掉或者对触摸屏504去激活。相反,如果设备500正在显示通知并且检测到触摸屏504上的满足解除标准(诸如向下的扫掠)的接触,则设备500可以假定用户仍然活跃地查看触摸屏504,并且设备500可以通过解除通知然后显示钟面、主屏幕或者一些其他屏幕(诸如在接收警报之前正在被显示的屏幕)来响应该接触。As previously discussed, a user can also dismiss a notification by lowering their wrist (as detected by device 500) while the notification is displayed. In some embodiments, device 500 can respond differently when dismissing a notification in response to detecting a contact that meets the dismissal criteria (as discussed with respect to FIG. 7 ) than when dismissing a notification in response to detecting a signal indicating lowering the user's wrist, as described earlier. For example, if device 500 is worn on a user's wrist and device 500 detects a signal indicating that the user has lowered their wrist, device 500 can assume that the user is no longer viewing touchscreen 504 and, therefore, can turn off or deactivate touchscreen 504 after dismissing the notification. Conversely, if device 500 is displaying a notification and detects a contact on touchscreen 504 that meets the dismissal criteria (such as a downward swipe), device 500 can assume that the user is still actively viewing touchscreen 504 and can respond to the contact by dismissing the notification and then displaying a clock face, a home screen, or some other screen (such as the screen that was being displayed before the alert was received).

c.显示警报内容c. Display the alarm content

如之前讨论的,接收到的警报包括信息,该信息可以包括该警报的源、与该警报相关联的应用以及该警报的时间,连同(可能的)警报内容,诸如文本消息或邮件的主体、语音邮件消息、关于日历提醒的详情或其他类型的内容。表示接收到的警报的通知可以包括该警报信息的第一部分,诸如该警报的源、相关联的应用和接收到的时间。As previously discussed, a received alert includes information that may include the source of the alert, the application associated with the alert, and the time of the alert, along with (possibly) alert content, such as the body of a text message or email, a voicemail message, details about a calendar reminder, or other types of content. A notification representing a received alert may include a first portion of the alert information, such as the source of the alert, the associated application, and the time of receipt.

如之前关于图6A、6B和7讨论的,在接收到警报后,设备500可以发出感知输出,并且然后响应于在跟随该感知输出后的第一时间间隔内检测到用户输入来显示通知606。在抬高其手腕以查看通知后,用户然后可能希望查看相关联的警报内容。6A, 6B, and 7, upon receiving an alert, device 500 may emit a sensory output and then, in response to detecting a user input within a first time interval following the sensory output, display notification 606. After raising their wrist to view the notification, the user may then wish to view the associated alert content.

在一些实施例中,如果在显示通知之后设备500确定用户继续将设备500维持在查看位置达预定时间间隔,则设备500可显示一些或者全部的警报内容,其可以被称为信息的第二部分。即,在一些实施例中,如果用户将设备500保持在查看位置并且等待,则设备500可以自动地从显示通知过渡到显示警报内容。In some embodiments, if the device 500 determines that the user continues to maintain the device 500 in the viewing position for a predetermined time interval after displaying the notification, the device 500 may display some or all of the alert content, which may be referred to as the second portion of the information. That is, in some embodiments, if the user maintains the device 500 in the viewing position and waits, the device 500 may automatically transition from displaying the notification to displaying the alert content.

图8描绘了设备500响应于接收到警报而能够显示的示例性屏幕序列。初始地,触摸屏504可以是黑的或者不活跃的。响应于接收到警报,设备500可以发出感知输出。响应于在感知输出后的预定时间段内接收到用户输入(如关于图6A描述的),设备500可以显示通知606。响应于确定在显示通知606后的第二预定时间段后继续接收到用户输入(因此指示设备500保留在查看位置),设备500可以显示屏幕802,其包括通知606和警报内容804。在一些实施例中,设备500可以响应于在显示通知606后的第二预定时间段内检测到缺少第二用户输入来显示屏幕802。例如,第二用户输入可以是指示用户放低其手腕的信号,并且缺少这样的输入指示设备500保留在查看位置。FIG8 depicts an exemplary sequence of screens that device 500 can display in response to receiving an alert. Initially, touch screen 504 may be black or inactive. In response to receiving the alert, device 500 may issue a sensory output. In response to receiving user input (as described with respect to FIG6A ) within a predetermined time period after the sensory output, device 500 may display notification 606. In response to determining that user input continues to be received after a second predetermined time period after displaying notification 606 (thereby indicating that device 500 remains in the viewing position), device 500 may display screen 802, which includes notification 606 and alert content 804. In some embodiments, device 500 may display screen 802 in response to detecting a lack of second user input within the second predetermined time period after displaying notification 606. For example, the second user input may be a signal instructing the user to lower their wrist, and the lack of such input indicates that device 500 remains in the viewing position.

在该示例中,警报内容804是由通知606表示的文本消息的主体。在其他示例中,警报内容可以包括主题行以及接收到的电子邮件警报的主体的一些或者全部,或者可以是与日历警报或者例如多媒体消息相关联的文本内容的一些或者全部。In this example, alert content 804 is the body of the text message represented by notification 606. In other examples, the alert content may include the subject line and some or all of the body of a received email alert, or may be some or all of the text content associated with a calendar alert or, for example, a multimedia message.

如图8中指示的,在一些实施例中,显示警报内容804涉及显示如下动画:该动画在触摸屏504上将通知606向上滑动同时将警报内容804从触摸屏504的底部向上滑动以用于显示,使得通知和警报内容被显示在相同屏幕上。在一些实施例中,设备500可以将通知606滑动到触摸屏504的上角以提供用于显示警报内容的空间。在一些实施例中,设备500可以收缩通知606的显示大小以提供用于显示警报内容的空间。8 , in some embodiments, displaying alert content 804 involves displaying an animation that slides notification 606 upward on touchscreen 504 while alert content 804 slides upward from the bottom of touchscreen 504 for display, such that the notification and alert content are displayed on the same screen. In some embodiments, device 500 may slide notification 606 to an upper corner of touchscreen 504 to provide space for displaying the alert content. In some embodiments, device 500 may shrink the display size of notification 606 to provide space for displaying the alert content.

在一些实施例中,如果警报内容过长而不能被完全地显示在触摸屏504上,则该警报内容可以被滚动。响应于检测到用户输入,设备500可以滚动警报内容以允许用户在触摸屏504上查看其它的警报内容。例如,这样的滚动输入可以包括触摸屏504上的接触(诸如向上或向下的扫掠或轻扫),或者如果存在,可以包括可旋转输入机制的旋转。在一些实施例中,设备500可以根据用户输入来滚动警报内容;例如,响应于触摸屏504上的向上扫掠,设备500可以在触摸屏504上向上移动警报内容。In some embodiments, if the alert content is too long to be fully displayed on the touch screen 504, the alert content can be scrolled. In response to detecting user input, the device 500 can scroll the alert content to allow the user to view additional alert content on the touch screen 504. For example, such scrolling input can include contact on the touch screen 504 (such as an upward or downward swipe or flick), or, if present, can include rotation of a rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, the device 500 can scroll the alert content based on user input; for example, in response to an upward swipe on the touch screen 504, the device 500 can move the alert content upward on the touch screen 504.

如图8中描绘的,在一些实施例中,如之前关于图7描述的,设备500可以响应于检测到满足解除标准的接触来解除通知和警报内容。在一些实施例中,解除通知606和警报内容804涉及将通知606和警报内容804滑动出触摸屏504。在一些实施例中,设备500可以显示解除指示器,并且如之前描述的,在接触的移动没有超过阈值距离时“回弹”该通知和警报内容。在一些实施例中,设备500可以在解除通知和警报内容后显示钟面612。在一些实施例中,因为警报内容已经被显示,所以如果在解除警报内容后显示钟面612,则该钟面可以被显示而没有未读警报的指示。As depicted in FIG8 , in some embodiments, as previously described with respect to FIG7 , the device 500 can dismiss the notification and alert content in response to detecting a contact that meets the dismissal criteria. In some embodiments, dismissing the notification 606 and alert content 804 involves sliding the notification 606 and alert content 804 off the touch screen 504. In some embodiments, the device 500 can display a dismiss indicator and, as previously described, “bounce” the notification and alert content when the movement of the contact does not exceed a threshold distance. In some embodiments, the device 500 can display a clock face 612 after dismissing the notification and alert content. In some embodiments, because the alert content is already displayed, if the clock face 612 is displayed after dismissing the alert content, the clock face can be displayed without an indication of unread alerts.

如之前讨论的,设备500可以响应于在显示通知以后检测到设备已经被维持在查看位置来显示警报内容。然而,在一些情况下,用户可能不希望通过将设备500维持在查看位置达持续预定时间间隔来等待查看警报内容。因此,在一些实施例中,设备500也可以响应于在通知606被显示时检测与触摸屏504的接触来显示屏幕802。在一些实施例中,用于调用警报内容804的显示的接触可以包括触摸屏504上的接触的移动,诸如扫掠或轻扫。在一些实施例中,扫掠或轻扫必须是在与将通知606滑动到触摸屏504上的动画相同的方向上,诸如触摸屏504上的向上扫掠,从而在概念上在通知之后“上拉”更多警报信息。在一些实施例中,接触可以是在通知606上或者附近的触摸(例如,手指轻敲)。As previously discussed, device 500 can display alert content in response to detecting that the device has been maintained in a viewing position after displaying the notification. However, in some cases, the user may not want to wait to view the alert content by maintaining device 500 in a viewing position for a predetermined time interval. Therefore, in some embodiments, device 500 can also display screen 802 in response to detecting contact with touch screen 504 when notification 606 is displayed. In some embodiments, the contact for calling the display of alert content 804 can include movement of the contact on touch screen 504, such as a sweep or swipe. In some embodiments, the sweep or swipe must be in the same direction as the animation of sliding notification 606 onto touch screen 504, such as an upward swipe on touch screen 504, thereby conceptually "pulling up" more alert information after the notification. In some embodiments, the contact can be a touch (e.g., a finger tap) on or near notification 606.

如图24描绘的,在一些实施例中,响应于在触摸屏504正在活跃地显示内容时接收到警报,设备500可以横跨触摸屏504的顶部来显示通知横幅2402,同时仍显示屏幕内容的至少一部分。在一些实施例中,响应于在触摸屏504正在活跃地显示内容的同时接收到警报,设备500还可以发出感知输出702。在图24所示的示例中,显示的内容是主屏幕706。响应于检测到通知横幅2402上的接触,诸如扫掠或轻敲,设备500可以显示具有警报内容804的屏幕802。As depicted in FIG24 , in some embodiments, in response to receiving an alert while touchscreen 504 is actively displaying content, device 500 can display notification banner 2402 across the top of touchscreen 504 while still displaying at least a portion of the screen content. In some embodiments, in response to receiving an alert while touchscreen 504 is actively displaying content, device 500 can also emit sensory output 702. In the example shown in FIG24 , the displayed content is home screen 706. In response to detecting contact, such as a swipe or tap, on notification banner 2402, device 500 can display screen 802 with alert content 804.

一些警报可以没有任何警报内容。例如,闹钟、低电池警报或者健身警报可以没有任何警报内容。因此,在一些实施例中,设备500可以继续显示通知,而不过渡到显示警报内容。Some alarms may not have any alarm content. For example, an alarm clock, a low battery alarm, or a fitness alarm may not have any alarm content. Therefore, in some embodiments, the device 500 may continue to display the notification without transitioning to displaying the alarm content.

d.禁止警报内容的自动显示d. Prohibit automatic display of alarm content

在一些情况下,由于隐私顾虑或者为了其他原因,用户可能不希望设备500如关于图8所描述的那样自动地显示警报内容。因此,在一些实施例中,设备500可以为用户提供选项以通过改变存储在设备500上的配置数据来禁止这种警报内容的自动显示。在一些实施例中,在过渡到警报内容的显示之前,设备500可以获取配置数据以确定警报内容是否应当被显示。如果配置数据指示警报内容应当被显示,则设备500可以如之前关于图8所描述的那样显示警报内容。如果配置数据指示警报内容不应当被显示,则设备500可以继续显示通知,而不过渡到警报内容。In some cases, due to privacy concerns or for other reasons, the user may not want the device 500 to automatically display the alert content as described with respect to FIG. 8 . Therefore, in some embodiments, the device 500 can provide the user with an option to disable the automatic display of such alert content by changing the configuration data stored on the device 500. In some embodiments, before transitioning to the display of the alert content, the device 500 can obtain the configuration data to determine whether the alert content should be displayed. If the configuration data indicates that the alert content should be displayed, the device 500 can display the alert content as previously described with respect to FIG. 8 . If the configuration data indicates that the alert content should not be displayed, the device 500 can continue to display the notification without transitioning to the alert content.

在一些实施例中,如果设备500被配置为(经由配置数据)禁止警报内容的自动显示,则设备100可以仍然响应于检测到显示的通知上的接触(诸如轻敲或扫掠)来显示警报内容。In some embodiments, if device 500 is configured (via configuration data) to disable automatic display of alert content, device 100 may still display the alert content in response to detecting a contact (such as a tap or swipe) on a displayed notification.

e.包括音频内容的警报e. Alerts that include audio content

一些接收到的警报可以包括音频内容。这样的警报可以包括语音邮件、音频或者“按下发言(push to talk)”消息。在一些实施例中,如图9中描绘的,显示的警报内容可以包括用于回放音频内容的回放可供件902。响应于检测到回放可供件902的选择,设备500可以播放音频内容。在一些实施例中,如果音频内容被接收为实况音频会话的一部分(诸如,如果设备操作在“按下发言”模式中)并且用户选择回放可供件,则设备500可以响应于可供件的选择来播放初始的音频消息,并且设备500可以实况播放后续的音频消息(如它们被接收到的那样),而不要求后续的可供件的选择。In some embodiments, the alarm contents of display can comprise audio content.Some alarms received can comprise audio content.Such alarm can comprise voice mail, audio frequency or " push to speak (push to talk) " message.In certain embodiments, as described in Figure 9, the alarm contents shown can comprise playback affordance 902 for playback audio content.In response to detecting the selection of playback affordance 902, device 500 can play audio content.In certain embodiments, if audio content is received as a part for live audio conversation (such as, if the device is operated in " push to speak " pattern) and user selects playback affordance, then device 500 can play initial audio message in response to the selection of affordance, and device 500 can play subsequent audio message (as they are received) in live broadcast, and does not require the selection of subsequent affordance.

f.文本消息警报f. Text message alerts

在一些实施例中,如果警报是文本消息,则用户可能希望查看与该警报相关联的文本消息会话。图10描绘了在接收到文本消息警报后设备500能够显示的屏幕序列。该序列类似于图8中所示的序列,并且描绘了对应于从发送者Jason Jones接收到的文本消息的通知606和警报内容804。然而,在该示例中,当显示屏幕802时,设备500检测触摸屏504上的接触。例如,接触可以是对应于应用可供件608的位置处的触摸屏504上的触摸或轻敲,或者触摸屏504上的水平的扫掠。响应于检测到与触摸屏504的接触,设备500可以显示屏幕1002。In some embodiments, if the alert is a text message, the user may wish to view the text message conversation associated with the alert. Figure 10 depicts a sequence of screens that device 500 can display after receiving a text message alert. The sequence is similar to the sequence shown in Figure 8 and depicts notification 606 and alert content 804 corresponding to a text message received from sender Jason Jones. However, in this example, while displaying screen 802, device 500 detects contact on touch screen 504. For example, the contact can be a touch or tap on touch screen 504 at the location corresponding to application affordance 608, or a horizontal swipe across touch screen 504. In response to detecting contact with touch screen 504, device 500 can display screen 1002.

屏幕1002包括用户和文本消息警报的源之间的文本消息会话中的一些或者全部。在该示例中,文本消息会话包括向Jason Jones发送的以及从Jason Jones接收的文本消息。在一些实施例中,文本消息会话中的文本消息基于它们被接收或发送的顺序来被按时间顺序地布置。Screen 1002 includes some or all of a text message conversation between a user and the source of a text message alert. In this example, the text message conversation includes text messages sent to and received from Jason Jones. In some embodiments, the text messages in the text message conversation are arranged in chronological order based on the order in which they were received or sent.

g.响应选项g. Response Options

在一些情况下,在查看通知或警报内容时,用户可能希望响应该警报。因为设备500是具有相对小的触摸屏的尺寸缩小的设备,可以被用于响应较大设备(诸如蜂窝电话)上的警报的用户界面在触摸屏504上可能是无效的和/或笨拙的。用户可能希望能够响应警报而不需要提供相对精确的触摸屏输入的序列,这在尺寸减小的设备上可能是困难或者令人沮丧的。因此,在一些实施例中,设备500可以提供使得用户能够在尺寸减小的设备上更快更容易地响应警报的用户界面。In some cases, while viewing the content of a notification or alert, a user may wish to respond to the alert. Because device 500 is a reduced-size device with a relatively small touch screen, a user interface that may be used to respond to alerts on a larger device (such as a cell phone) may be ineffective and/or awkward on touch screen 504. A user may wish to be able to respond to an alert without having to provide a sequence of relatively precise touch screen inputs, which may be difficult or frustrating on a reduced-size device. Therefore, in some embodiments, device 500 can provide a user interface that enables a user to respond to alerts more quickly and easily on a reduced-size device.

如之前描述的,设备500可以响应于检测到触摸屏504上的接触或者在一些实施例中响应于可旋转输入机制的旋转来滚动警报内容。在一些实施例中,如果用户试图滚动到警报内容的底部(内容的结尾)之外,则设备500可以通过显示与下述动作相关联的用户界面对象来响应,该动作可以由与警报相关联的应用来执行。As previously described, device 500 can scroll the alert content in response to detecting a contact on touch screen 504 or, in some embodiments, in response to rotation of a rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, if the user attempts to scroll beyond the bottom of the alert content (the end of the content), device 500 can respond by displaying a user interface object associated with an action that can be performed by an application associated with the alert.

例如,图11描述了设备500响应于接收到警报而能够显示的屏幕序列。这些屏幕类似于关于图4描述的那些屏幕。当显示警报内容804的底部时(在该情况下,警报内容是文本消息),设备500检测请求滚动到警报内容的底部之外的用户输入;即,请求向上移动警报内容以显示更多警报内容的用户输入。例如,该用户输入可以是触摸屏504上的向上扫掠,或者可旋转输入机制的旋转。响应于检测到用户输入,设备500可以向上滚动通知606和警报内容804并且将用户界面对象1112、1114滚动到触摸屏504上警报内容之下。在该示例中,通知606被滚动出触摸屏504的顶部并且不再被显示。For example, Figure 11 describes the screen sequence that device 500 can display in response to receiving an alarm. These screens are similar to those described with respect to Figure 4. When the bottom of the alarm content 804 is displayed (in this case, the alarm content is a text message), device 500 detects a user input requesting to scroll beyond the bottom of the alarm content; that is, a user input requesting to move the alarm content upwards to display more alarm content. For example, the user input can be an upward swipe on the touch screen 504, or a rotation of a rotatable input mechanism. In response to detecting the user input, device 500 can scroll notification 606 and alarm content 804 upwards and scroll user interface objects 1112, 1114 below the alarm content on the touch screen 504. In this example, notification 606 is scrolled out of the top of the touch screen 504 and is no longer displayed.

在图11的示例中,警报是文本消息。因此,在该实施例中,滚动到触摸屏504上的用户界面对象1112、1114与对应于文本消息应用的动作相关联。特别地,用户界面对象1112与回复动作相关联,并且用户界面对象1114与解除动作相关联。对于其他类型的警报,滚动到触摸屏504上的用户界面对象可以是不同的。例如,对于日历邀请,动作可以包括接受或拒绝。对于语音邮件警报,动作可以包括回电或发送消息。在一些实施例中,可以存在多于两个显示的用户界面对象。In the example of FIG11 , the alert is a text message. Thus, in this embodiment, user interface objects 1112, 1114 that scroll onto touch screen 504 are associated with actions corresponding to the text messaging application. Specifically, user interface object 1112 is associated with a reply action, and user interface object 1114 is associated with a dismiss action. For other types of alerts, the user interface objects that scroll onto touch screen 504 may be different. For example, for a calendar invitation, the actions may include accepting or declining. For a voicemail alert, the actions may include calling back or sending a message. In some embodiments, there may be more than two displayed user interface objects.

在一些实施例中,响应于检测到用户界面对象1114的选择,用户界面对象1114与解除动作相关联,设备500可以如之前关于图8描述的那样解除警报。In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of user interface object 1114 , which is associated with a dismissal action, device 500 may dismiss the alarm as previously described with respect to FIG. 8 .

在一些实施例中,响应于检测到用户界面对象1112的选择,用户界面对象1112与回复动作相关联,设备500可以显示屏幕1120。屏幕1120包括若干用户界面对象1122、1124、1126、1128,它们对应于用于回复文本消息的选项。在该示例中,回复选项包括“智能回复”、“表情符号”、“口述”和“KB”(键盘)。这样的回复选项可以包括在以下美国临时专利申请中描述的功能:于2014年9月2日提交并且Nicholas Zambetti命名为发明人的美国临时专利申请第62/044,923号“Historical Buttons for Input Mehtods”、于2015年3月3日提交并且Nicholas Zambetti命名为发明人的美国临时专利申请第62/127,800号“HistoricalButtons for Input Mehtods”、于2015年3月8日提交并且Nicholas Zambetti命名为发明人的美国临时专利申请第62/129,903号“Historical Buttons for Input Mehtods”。这些申请通过引用以其整体被并入。In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of user interface object 1112, which is associated with a reply action, device 500 can display screen 1120. Screen 1120 includes several user interface objects 1122, 1124, 1126, 1128, which correspond to options for replying to a text message. In this example, the reply options include "Smart Reply," "Emoji," "Dictation," and "KB" (keyboard). Such response options may include functionality described in the following U.S. Provisional Patent Applications: U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/044,923, “Historical Buttons for Input Mehtods,” filed on September 2, 2014, and naming Nicholas Zambetti as inventor; U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/127,800, “Historical Buttons for Input Mehtods,” filed on March 3, 2015, and naming Nicholas Zambetti as inventor; and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/129,903, “Historical Buttons for Input Mehtods,” filed on March 8, 2015, and naming Nicholas Zambetti as inventor. These applications are incorporated by reference in their entirety.

响应于检测到对应于“智能回复”的用户界面对象1122的选择,设备500可以显示智能回复屏幕1130。智能回复屏幕1130包括用于选择预定响应消息1132、1134、1136的用户界面。在一些实施例中,预定响应消息的内容可以由设备500提供为缺省值,或者可以由用户定制。在一些实施例中,预定响应消息的内容可以由设备500从外部设备接收。In response to detecting selection of user interface object 1122 corresponding to "Smart Reply," device 500 may display smart reply screen 1130. Smart reply screen 1130 includes a user interface for selecting predetermined response messages 1132, 1134, 1136. In some embodiments, the content of the predetermined response message may be provided by device 500 as a default value or may be customized by the user. In some embodiments, the content of the predetermined response message may be received by device 500 from an external device.

响应于检测到预定响应消息1132、1134、1136的选择,设备500可以向警报源发送预定响应消息,并且显示消息已发送确认屏幕1140。在显示消息已发送确认屏幕1140持续预定时间间隔后,设备500可以显示钟面212或主屏幕。在该示例中,因为警报内容已经被显示,所以钟面212不包括对应于接收到的警报的未读警报的指示。In response to detecting the selection of the predetermined response message 1132, 1134, 1136, the device 500 may send the predetermined response message to the alarm source and display a message sent confirmation screen 1140. After displaying the message sent confirmation screen 1140 for a predetermined time interval, the device 500 may display the clock face 212 or the home screen. In this example, because the alarm content has already been displayed, the clock face 212 does not include an indication of unread alarms corresponding to the received alarm.

返回屏幕1120,如果设备500检测到对用户界面对象1124而非用户界面对象1122的选择,则设备500可以显示用于选择表情符号(例如,表意文字、剪贴画或动画)的用户界面以作为回复向警报源发送。响应于检测到表情符号的选择,设备500可以向警报源发送选择的表情符号并且显示消息已发送确认屏幕1140。Returning to screen 1120, if device 500 detects selection of user interface object 1124 instead of user interface object 1122, device 500 may display a user interface for selecting an emoticon (e.g., an ideogram, clip art, or animation) to send as a reply to the alert source. In response to detecting selection of an emoticon, device 500 may send the selected emoticon to the alert source and display a message sent confirmation screen 1140.

在一些实施例中,取代于在选择后立刻发送预定响应或者表情符号,设备500可以显示确认可供件。响应于检测到确认可供件的选择,设备500可以如上所述地发送预定响应或表情符号。In some embodiments, instead of sending a predetermined response or emoticon immediately upon selection, device 500 can display a confirmation affordance. In response to detecting selection of the confirmation affordance, device 500 can send a predetermined response or emoticon as described above.

在一些实施例中,响应于检测到用户界面对象1126的选择,设备500可以记录来自设备500上的麦克风的音频输入,并且向源发送对应于记录的音频的数据作为回复。在一些实施例中,记录的音频可以被发送作为音频消息数据。在其他实施例中,记录的音频可以由设备500转录并且发送作为转录数据。在一些实施例中,取代于立刻向源发送表示音频记录的数据,设备500可以在触摸屏504上显示记录的音频的指示连同发送可供件,该可供件当被选择时,使得设备100向源发送对应于音频的数据。In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of user interface object 1126, device 500 can record audio input from a microphone on device 500 and send data corresponding to the recorded audio to the source as a reply. In some embodiments, the recorded audio can be sent as audio message data. In other embodiments, the recorded audio can be transcribed by device 500 and sent as transcription data. In some embodiments, instead of immediately sending data representing the audio recording to the source, device 500 can display an indication of the recorded audio on touch screen 504 along with a send affordance that, when selected, causes device 500 to send data corresponding to the audio to the source.

在一些实施例中,响应于检测到用户界面对象1128的选择,设备500可以显示虚拟键盘以使得用户能够键入对警报的响应。In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of user interface object 1128 , device 500 may display a virtual keyboard to enable the user to type a response to the alert.

如在图12A中描述的,在一些实施例中,在向上滚动用户界面对象1112、1114到触摸屏504上以后,响应于检测到请求滚动经过用户界面对象1114的底部的用户输入,设备500可以滚动表示回复选项的用户界面对象1202、1204、1206和1208到触摸屏504上用户界面对象1112、1114之下。这些回复选项包括先前关于图11所描述的两个预定的响应消息1202、1204以及口述1208和表情符号1206选项。响应于检测到回复选项1202、1204、1206、1208中的一个回复选项的选择,设备500可以如关于图11所描述的那样响应。As depicted in FIG12A , in some embodiments, after scrolling user interface objects 1112, 1114 upward onto touch screen 504, in response to detecting user input requesting scroll past the bottom of user interface object 1114, device 500 can scroll user interface objects 1202, 1204, 1206, and 1208 representing reply options onto touch screen 504 below user interface objects 1112, 1114. These reply options include the two predetermined response messages 1202, 1204, as well as the dictation 1208 and emoticon 1206 options previously described with respect to FIG11 . In response to detecting selection of one of reply options 1202, 1204, 1206, 1208, device 500 can respond as described with respect to FIG11 .

如图12B中描述的,在一些实施例中,取代于向上滚动用户界面对象1112、1114到警报内容的底部以下,设备500可以将用户界面对象1202、1204、1206和1208滚动到屏幕上警报内容的底部以下。在该示例中,响应于检测到请求滚动经过警报内容804的底部的用户输入(诸如,向上扫掠),设备500将这些回复选项滚动到触摸屏504上警报内容的底部以下。12B , in some embodiments, instead of scrolling user interface objects 1112, 1114 upward below the bottom of the alert content, device 500 can scroll user interface objects 1202, 1204, 1206, and 1208 below the bottom of the alert content on the screen. In this example, in response to detecting user input (such as an upward swipe) requesting to scroll past the bottom of alert content 804, device 500 scrolls the reply options below the bottom of the alert content on touch screen 504.

图12C图示了可以被设备500显示为如以上参照图11-12B所描述的用于使用“智能回复”的界面的一部分的示例性动画。在屏幕1210上,设备500显示警报(例如,文本消息1212)和与回复动作相关联的用户界面对象1214。响应于接收到与回复动作相关联的用户输入(例如,在用户界面对象1214的位置处的触摸屏504上的触摸),设备500可以显示多个预定响应消息的动画呈现。例如,如图12C所示,屏幕1220初始地显示对应于预定响应消息的用户界面对象1222和1224。用户界面对象1222和1224被动画地呈现为出现在屏幕1220的底部并且在如箭头1226所指示的向上方向上在屏幕上平移。在动画呈现的过程中,随着用户界面对象1228、1230和1232出现在屏幕1220上的下方,用户界面对象1222和1224平移到屏幕504的顶部。用户界面对象1228指示第三预定响应消息,而用户界面对象1230指示表情符号响应,并且用户界面对象1232指示口述响应。Figure 12C illustrates an exemplary animation that can be displayed by device 500 as part of an interface for using "smart reply" as described above with reference to Figures 11-12B. On screen 1210, device 500 displays an alert (e.g., text message 1212) and a user interface object 1214 associated with a reply action. In response to receiving user input associated with a reply action (e.g., a touch on touch screen 504 at the location of user interface object 1214), device 500 can display an animated presentation of multiple predetermined response messages. For example, as shown in Figure 12C, screen 1220 initially displays user interface objects 1222 and 1224 corresponding to predetermined response messages. User interface objects 1222 and 1224 are animated to appear at the bottom of screen 1220 and translate across the screen in an upward direction as indicated by arrow 1226. During the animation, as user interface objects 1228, 1230, and 1232 appear below screen 1220, user interface objects 1222 and 1224 translate to the top of screen 504. User interface object 1228 indicates a third predetermined response message, while user interface object 1230 indicates an emoticon response, and user interface object 1232 indicates a spoken response.

用户可以提供指示预定响应消息或者其他响应选项(例如,表情符号或口述)的选择的用户输入。例如,用户可以提供在用户界面对象1228的位置处的触摸屏504上的触摸。响应于检测到指示预定响应消息或者其他响应选项的选择的用户输入,设备500可以移除其他预定响应消息和响应选项(例如,未被用户选择的那些)的显示。如图12C中所示,响应于接收到指示“不确定”的预定响应消息(例如,用户界面对象1228)的选择的用户输入,设备500移除用户对象1222、1224、1230和1232的显示。接着,设备500可以动画呈现所选择的预定的响应消息以短暂地暂停,然后如由箭头1234指示的,平移出屏幕1220并且消失。在显示的预定响应消息/其他响应选项的暂停、平移和移除之后,设备500可以显示第二用户界面屏幕(例如,屏幕1240),诸如钟面212或主屏幕。例如,在用户界面对象1224平移出屏幕1220后,设备500可以通过淡入、从模糊到清晰的过渡等来呈现屏幕1240。设备500还可以向警报源发送选择的预定响应消息。The user may provide user input indicating the selection of a predetermined response message or other response options (e.g., an emoticon or spoken text). For example, the user may provide a touch on touch screen 504 at the location of user interface object 1228. In response to detecting user input indicating the selection of a predetermined response message or other response options, device 500 may remove the display of other predetermined response messages and response options (e.g., those not selected by the user). As shown in FIG12C , in response to receiving user input indicating the selection of a predetermined response message (e.g., user interface object 1228) indicating "uncertain," device 500 removes the display of user objects 1222, 1224, 1230, and 1232. Next, device 500 may animate the selected predetermined response message to briefly pause, then, as indicated by arrow 1234, translate out of screen 1220 and disappear. After pausing, translating, and removing the displayed predetermined response message/other response options, device 500 may display a second user interface screen (e.g., screen 1240), such as clock face 212 or a home screen. For example, after user interface object 1224 translates off screen 1220, device 500 may present screen 1240 by fading in, transitioning from blurred to sharp, etc. Device 500 may also send a selected predetermined response message to the alert source.

设备500可以显示其他响应选项以使得用户能够响应其他类型的警报。例如,图13A-B示出了设备500能够在触摸屏504上显示以使得用户能够响应闹钟警报或社交媒体“朋友请求”警报的示例性屏幕序列。在图13A所示的示例中,设备500接收闹钟警报并且发出感知输出。响应于在感知输出之后的预定时间间隔内检测到用户输入,设备500显示包括对应于闹钟警报的通知1304的屏幕1302。响应于检测到通知1304上的接触,设备500显示响应屏幕1330。接触可以是在通知1304被显示时在触摸屏504上的向上扫掠。响应于该接触,设备500显示屏幕1330。在该情况下,响应选项包括“小睡”1306和“解除”1308。Device 500 can display other response options to enable the user to respond to other types of alarms. For example, Figures 13A-B show an exemplary screen sequence that device 500 can display on touch screen 504 to enable the user to respond to an alarm alarm or a social media "friend request" alarm. In the example shown in Figure 13A, device 500 receives an alarm alarm and issues a sensory output. In response to detecting user input within a predetermined time interval after the sensory output, device 500 displays screen 1302 including notification 1304 corresponding to the alarm alarm. In response to detecting contact on notification 1304, device 500 displays response screen 1330. Contact can be an upward swipe on touch screen 504 when notification 1304 is displayed. In response to this contact, device 500 displays screen 1330. In this case, the response options include "snooze" 1306 and "dismiss" 1308.

在图13B中所示的示例中,设备500从社交媒体应用接收“朋友请求”警报并且发出感知输出。响应于在感知输出后的预定时间间隔内检测到用户输入,设备500显示包括对应于朋友请求警报的通知1312的屏幕1310。响应于在显示屏幕1310时检测到与触摸屏504的接触,设备500显示响应屏幕1340。例如,接触可以是触摸屏504上的向上扫掠。响应于检测到该接触,设备500显示屏幕1340。在该情况下,警报响应选项包括用于允许用户接受或拒绝朋友请求的“接受”1314和“拒绝”1316。In the example shown in FIG13B , device 500 receives a “friend request” alert from a social media application and issues a sensory output. In response to detecting user input within a predetermined time interval after the sensory output, device 500 displays screen 1310 including notification 1312 corresponding to the friend request alert. In response to detecting contact with touch screen 504 while displaying screen 1310, device 500 displays response screen 1340. For example, the contact may be an upward swipe on touch screen 504. In response to detecting the contact, device 500 displays screen 1340. In this case, the alert response options include “Accept” 1314 and “Reject” 1316, allowing the user to accept or reject the friend request.

本领域技术人员应当认识到,对于其他类型的警报,许多其他响应选项是可能的。Those skilled in the art will recognize that many other response options are possible for other types of alerts.

应当注意的是,在图8-11所示的之前的示例中,响应于在显示通知时在触摸屏504上的向上扫掠,设备500显示与接收到的警报相关联的警报内容。然而,在图13A-B中所示的示例中,接收到的警报不具有相关联的警报内容。在一些实施例中,如果接收到的警报不具有警报内容,则设备500可以在显示通知的同时通过显示响应选项而非通过显示警报内容来响应触摸屏504上的接触(诸如向上扫掠或轻敲)。It should be noted that in the previous examples shown in Figures 8-11, in response to an upward swipe on the touch screen 504 while displaying a notification, the device 500 displays the alert content associated with the received alert. However, in the examples shown in Figures 13A-B, the received alert does not have associated alert content. In some embodiments, if the received alert does not have alert content, the device 500 can respond to a contact (such as an upward swipe or tap) on the touch screen 504 by displaying response options while displaying the notification rather than by displaying the alert content.

如较早讨论的,在一些实施例中,设备500可以检测触摸屏504上的接触的强度(例如,使用强度传感器524)。然后,设备500可以基于接触的强度来响应触摸屏504上的接触。暂时返回图11,在一些实施例中,当显示警报内容804时,响应于检测到与触摸屏504的具有高于阈值强度的特征强度的接触,设备500可以显示用户界面对象1122、1124、1126和1128中的一些或全部用户界面对象。As discussed earlier, in some embodiments, device 500 can detect the intensity of a contact on touch screen 504 (e.g., using intensity sensor 524). Device 500 can then respond to the contact on touch screen 504 based on the intensity of the contact. Returning briefly to FIG 11 , in some embodiments, while displaying alert content 804, in response to detecting a contact with touch screen 504 having a characteristic intensity above a threshold intensity, device 500 can display some or all of user interface objects 1122, 1124, 1126, and 1128.

在一些实施例中,用户可以通过如较早描述的滚动到警报内容的底部之外或者通过以高于阈值强度的特征强度触摸触摸屏504(例如,例如由强度传感器524检测到的触摸屏504上的强按压)来访问用户界面对象1122、1124、1126和/或1128。In some embodiments, the user can access user interface objects 1122, 1124, 1126 and/or 1128 by scrolling beyond the bottom of the alert content as described earlier or by touching the touch screen 504 with a characteristic intensity above a threshold intensity (e.g., a strong press on the touch screen 504 as detected by the intensity sensor 524).

图14描绘了可以由设备500显示以使得用户能够响应接收到的警报的另一屏幕序列。在该示例中,当显示警报内容804时,设备500检测具有高于阈值强度的特征强度的与触摸屏504的接触。响应于检测到具有高于阈值的特征强度的接触,设备500可以显示响应屏幕1402。14 depicts another sequence of screens that can be displayed by device 500 to enable a user to respond to a received alert. In this example, while alert content 804 is displayed, device 500 detects a contact with touch screen 504 having a characteristic intensity above a threshold intensity. In response to detecting the contact having a characteristic intensity above the threshold, device 500 can display response screen 1402.

响应屏幕1402包括对应于四个响应选项的四个用户界面对象1404、1406、1408、1414。如关于图11示出和描述的,响应于检测到指示用户界面对象1404的选择的输入,设备500可以显示屏幕1120。Response screen 1402 includes four user interface objects 1404, 1406, 1408, 1414 corresponding to four response options. In response to detecting input indicating selection of user interface object 1404, device 500 may display screen 1120 as shown and described with respect to FIG.

响应于检测到用户界面对象1406的选择,设备500可以解除警报并且显示钟面或主屏幕。In response to detecting selection of user interface object 1406 , device 500 may dismiss the alarm and display a clock face or home screen.

响应于检测到用户界面对象1408的选择,设备500可以无限期或者在预定时间段禁止后续警报(例如,通过响应于接收到警报而不引起感知输出,和/或通过不显示任何新的通知)。In response to detecting selection of user interface object 1408, device 500 may suppress subsequent alerts indefinitely or for a predetermined period of time (e.g., by not causing a sensory output in response to receiving the alert, and/or by not displaying any new notifications).

在一些实施例中,响应于检测到用户界面对象1410的选择,设备500可以启动与接收到的警报相关联的应用并且查看应用中的警报。启动应用可以对应于在设备500的前景(foreground)中执行应用和/或在触摸屏504上显示应用。在该示例中,因为警报是文本消息,所以设备500可能启动文本消息应用。在其他示例中,根据接收到的警报,启动的应用可以是电子邮件应用、日历应用、天气应用、社交网络应用或者一些其他类型的应用。在启动应用之后,响应于检测到硬件按钮的按下或者可旋转、可按下机制的按下(如图5A中描述的,如果任一项或两者在设备500上存在),设备可以退出应用并显示主屏幕。In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection of user interface object 1410, device 500 can launch the application associated with the received alert and view the alert in the application. Launching the application can correspond to executing the application in the foreground of device 500 and/or displaying the application on touch screen 504. In this example, because the alert is a text message, device 500 may launch a text messaging application. In other examples, based on the received alert, the application launched can be an email application, a calendar application, a weather application, a social networking application, or some other type of application. After launching the application, in response to detecting the pressing of a hardware button or the pressing of a rotatable, depressible mechanism (as described in Figure 5A, if either or both are present on device 500), the device can exit the application and display the home screen.

在图14所示的示例中,响应屏幕1402包括适合于响应文本消息或电子邮件警报的用户界面对象1404、1406、1408、1410。然而,如之前关于图12A-B讨论的,响应屏幕可以具有适合于响应不同类型的警报的不同的用户界面对象。例如,如果警报是闹钟,则取代于“回复”选项1404,响应屏幕可以提供“小睡”选项。作为另一示例,如果警报是音频消息,则响应屏幕可以提供“播放”选项以允许用户播放音频消息。在一些实施例中,响应屏幕可以提供“在手机中打开”选项。响应于检测到“在手机中打开”选项的选择,设备500可以向处于与设备500通信中的外部电子设备(诸如蜂窝电话)发送数据,以使得外部电子设备启动与警报相关联的应用。In the example shown in Figure 14, response screen 1402 includes user interface objects 1404, 1406, 1408, 1410 that are suitable for responding to text messages or email alerts. However, as previously discussed with respect to Figure 12A-B, the response screen can have different user interface objects that are suitable for responding to different types of alerts. For example, if the alert is an alarm clock, then instead of the "reply" option 1404, the response screen can provide a "snooze" option. As another example, if the alert is an audio message, the response screen can provide a "play" option to allow the user to play the audio message. In some embodiments, the response screen can provide an "open in phone" option. In response to detecting the selection of the "open in phone" option, device 500 can send data to an external electronic device (such as a cellular phone) in communication with device 500 so that the external electronic device starts an application associated with the alert.

应当注意到,关于图13A-B和图14描述的响应界面不是相关联的应用的一部分,其可以或可以不在设备500上执行;作为替代,响应界面是警报用户界面的一部分。在一些实施例中,第三方可以为在处于与设备500通信中的外部电子设备上执行的应用提供响应选项。It should be noted that the response interface described with respect to Figures 13A-B and 14 is not part of the associated application, which may or may not be executed on device 500; instead, the response interface is part of the alert user interface. In some embodiments, a third party can provide response options for an application executed on an external electronic device in communication with device 500.

2.管理多个警报2. Manage multiple alerts

在一些实施例中,设备500可以接收多个警报并且显示多个连续的通知。In some embodiments, device 500 may receive multiple alerts and display multiple consecutive notifications.

图15描绘了可以由设备500响应于接收到多个警报而显示的屏幕序列。如在之前的示例中,初始地,触摸屏504可以是黑的或不活跃的。响应于接收到第一警报,设备500发出第一感知输出602。如之前关于图6A示出和描述的,响应于在跟随第一感知输出602的第一时间间隔内接收到用户输入,设备500显示第一通知606。FIG15 depicts a sequence of screens that may be displayed by device 500 in response to receiving multiple alerts. As in the previous example, initially, touch screen 504 may be black or inactive. In response to receiving the first alert, device 500 issues first sensory output 602. As previously shown and described with respect to FIG6A , in response to receiving user input within a first time interval following first sensory output 602, device 500 displays first notification 606.

当显示第一通知时,设备500接收第二警报。响应于接收到第二警报,设备500将屏幕604替换为屏幕1502。在一些实施例中,响应于接收到第二警报,设备500还可以发出第二感知输出1506。屏幕1502包括表示第二接收到的警报的第二通知1504。在该示例中,第二接收到的警报是来自发送者Julia Smith的电子邮件。第二通知可以以与较早关于图8描述的方式类似的方式被动画呈现在屏幕上。While displaying the first notification, device 500 receives a second alert. In response to receiving the second alert, device 500 replaces screen 604 with screen 1502. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the second alert, device 500 may also emit a second sensory output 1506. Screen 1502 includes a second notification 1504 representing the second received alert. In this example, the second received alert is an email from sender Julia Smith. The second notification can be animated on the screen in a manner similar to that described earlier with respect to FIG. 8.

如之前关于图8讨论的,响应于检测到用户输入满足解除标准,设备500可以解除第二通知1504。在解除第二通知后,设备500可以显示主屏幕706或钟面612。如在图15中描绘的,主屏幕或钟面可以包括对应于第一警报和第二警报的两个未读警报的指示。注意,在图15中的钟面612上描绘的未读警报的指示器614大于在图6B中的钟面612上描绘的未读警报的指示器。如以下将更详细地讨论的,在一些实施例中,指示器的大小可以提供未读警报的数目的指示。As previously discussed with respect to FIG8 , in response to detecting that the user input satisfies the dismissal criteria, the device 500 can dismiss the second notification 1504. After dismissing the second notification, the device 500 can display the home screen 706 or the clock face 612. As depicted in FIG15 , the home screen or clock face can include an indication of two unread alarms, corresponding to the first alarm and the second alarm. Note that the indicator 614 for the unread alarms depicted on the clock face 612 in FIG15 is larger than the indicator for the unread alarms depicted on the clock face 612 in FIG6B . As will be discussed in more detail below, in some embodiments, the size of the indicator can provide an indication of the number of unread alarms.

图16描述了可以由设备500响应于接收到多个警报而显示的另一示例性屏幕序列。在该示例中,设备500接收第一警报,发出第一感知输出602,并且如之前关于图8描述的,响应于各种用户输入显示第一通知606和第一警报内容804。FIG16 depicts another exemplary sequence of screens that may be displayed by device 500 in response to receiving multiple alerts. In this example, device 500 receives a first alert, emits a first sensory output 602, and, as previously described with respect to FIG8 , displays a first notification 606 and first alert content 804 in response to various user inputs.

当显示第一警报内容804时,设备500然后接收包括信息的第二警报。如关于图15描述的,响应于接收到第二警报,设备500可以显示具有第二通知1504的屏幕1502。在一些实施例中,响应于接收到第二警报,设备500可以发出第二感知输出1506。如之前关于图8描述的,设备500可以响应于满足解除标准的用户输入解除第二通知1504。如之前关于图15描述的,在解除第二通知1504后,设备500可以显示钟面612或主屏幕706。在一些实施例中,取代于显示钟面612或主屏幕706,在解除第二通知1504后设备500可以重新显示第一警报内容804。While displaying first alert content 804, device 500 then receives a second alert including information. As described with respect to FIG. 15 , in response to receiving the second alert, device 500 may display screen 1502 with second notification 1504. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the second alert, device 500 may emit second sensory output 1506. As previously described with respect to FIG. 8 , device 500 may dismiss second notification 1504 in response to user input that meets dismissal criteria. As previously described with respect to FIG. 15 , after dismissing second notification 1504, device 500 may display clock face 612 or home screen 706. In some embodiments, instead of displaying clock face 612 or home screen 706, after dismissing second notification 1504, device 500 may redisplay first alert content 804.

图17描绘了设备500能够显示的另一屏幕序列。该序列类似于图16中描绘的序列,但是取代于解除第二通知1504,用户希望查看第二警报内容。如之前关于图8描述的,在显示第二通知1504时,设备500可以响应于检测到用户输入显示第二警报内容1712。在该示例中,第二警报内容1712包括用于电子邮件警报的主题行1710。例如,用户输入可以是在第二通知上的向上扫掠或轻敲。FIG17 depicts another screen sequence that device 500 can display. This sequence is similar to the sequence depicted in FIG16 , but instead of dismissing second notification 1504, the user wishes to view second alert content. As previously described with respect to FIG8 , while displaying second notification 1504, device 500 can display second alert content 1712 in response to detecting user input. In this example, second alert content 1712 includes subject line 1710 for an email alert. For example, the user input can be an upward swipe or tap on the second notification.

在图17描绘的示例中,在查看第二警报内容1712后,用户希望调用与第二警报相关联的应用。在一些实施例中,响应于在对应于第二警报内容或第二警报通知的位置处检测到触摸屏504上的接触,设备500可以启动与第二警报相关联的应用并显示屏幕1714。在一些实施例中,响应于检测到应用可供件1708的选择,设备500可以启动与第二警报相关联的应用并显示屏幕1714。17 , after viewing second alert content 1712, the user wishes to invoke an application associated with the second alert. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a contact on touch screen 504 at a location corresponding to the second alert content or the second alert notification, device 500 may launch the application associated with the second alert and display screen 1714. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of application affordance 1708, device 500 may launch the application associated with the second alert and display screen 1714.

在该示例中,与第二警报相关联的应用是电子邮件应用。因此,响应于检测到应用可供件1708的选择,设备500可以启动电子邮件应用。在一些实施例中,当设备500以此方式启动与警报相关联的应用时,如屏幕1714中描绘的,警报在应用内被打开。In this example, the application associated with the second alert is an email application. Thus, in response to detecting selection of application affordance 1708, device 500 can launch the email application. In some embodiments, when device 500 launches the application associated with the alert in this manner, the alert is opened within the application, as depicted in screen 1714.

在启动并查看应用后,用户可能希望返回主屏幕。响应于检测到输入按钮506的按下,输入按钮506可以是可按下硬件按钮或者可按下、可旋转输入机制,设备500可以显示主屏幕706。在该示例中,因为第一警报内容804和第二警报内容1712两者已经被显示,所以主屏幕706在没有对应于第一警报和第二警报的未读警报的指示的情况下被显示。After launching and viewing an application, the user may wish to return to the home screen. In response to detecting a press of input button 506, which may be a depressible hardware button or a depressible, rotatable input mechanism, device 500 may display home screen 706. In this example, because both first alert content 804 and second alert content 1712 are already displayed, home screen 706 is displayed without an indication of unread alerts corresponding to the first alert and the second alert.

图18-20描绘了如之前描述的设备500响应于接收到多个警报并检测到输入而能够显示的附加屏幕序列。18-20 depict additional sequences of screens that the device 500 can display in response to receiving multiple alerts and detecting input as previously described.

在图18描绘的序列中,如关于图17示出并描述的,设备500接收第一警报并且显示第一通知。在显示第一通知时,设备500接收第二警报。响应于接收到第二警报,设备500显示第二通知。在该示例中,如之前关于图16描述的,用户解除第二通知。在解除第二通知后,设备500重新显示第一通知。用户然后解除第一通知,并且设备500显示主屏幕。在该示例中,主屏幕在具有对应于第一警报和第二警报的两个未读警报的指示的情况下被显示。In the sequence depicted in FIG18 , as shown and described with respect to FIG17 , device 500 receives a first alert and displays a first notification. While displaying the first notification, device 500 receives a second alert. In response to receiving the second alert, device 500 displays the second notification. In this example, as previously described with respect to FIG16 , the user dismisses the second notification. After dismissing the second notification, device 500 redisplays the first notification. The user then dismisses the first notification, and device 500 displays the home screen. In this example, the home screen is displayed with indications of two unread alerts, corresponding to the first alert and the second alert.

图19类似于图18。然而,在该示例中,如之前关于图18描述的,在设备500显示第一通知后,用户将设备500持有在查看位置,并且设备500通过显示第一警报内容来响应。当显示第一警报内容时,设备500接收第二警报并且显示第二通知。用户解除第二通知并且设备500然后重新显示第一警报内容。用户解除第一警报内容,并且设备500显示主屏幕706。在该示例中,主屏幕被显示为具有对应于第二警报的未读警报的指示。FIG19 is similar to FIG18 . However, in this example, as previously described with respect to FIG18 , after device 500 displays the first notification, the user holds device 500 in a viewing position, and device 500 responds by displaying the first alert content. While displaying the first alert content, device 500 receives a second alert and displays the second notification. The user dismisses the second notification, and device 500 then redisplays the first alert content. The user dismisses the first alert content, and device 500 displays home screen 706 . In this example, the home screen is displayed with an indication of unread alerts corresponding to the second alert.

图20类似于图15。然后,取代于解除第二通知,用户轻敲应用可供件2002以启动与第二警报相关联的应用。响应于检测到应用可供件2002的选择,设备500启动应用并在应用内显示第二警报内容。然后用户通过按下硬件按钮或可按下、可旋转输入机制506来退出应用并返回主屏幕706。FIG20 is similar to FIG15 . Then, instead of dismissing the second notification, the user taps application affordance 2002 to launch the application associated with the second alert. In response to detecting selection of application affordance 2002, device 500 launches the application and displays the second alert content within the application. The user then exits the application and returns to home screen 706 by pressing a hardware button or depressible/rotatable input mechanism 506.

设备500可以显示其他用户界面以用于查看多个通知或警报。如在图21中描绘的,在一些实施例中,响应于检测到表示第一警报的通知606上的接触,设备500可以显示包括具有与通知606相关联的警报内容2106的一部分的第一窗格2104、以及指示针对其他接收到的警报的其他警报内容的一个或多个附加窗格2108的一部分的屏幕2102。在一些实施例中,屏幕2102可以包括分页点2110,其向用户提供可以被显示的其他窗格的数目、以及当前显示的窗格的位置的指示。响应于检测到触摸屏504上的轻扫或扫掠,设备500可以滚动窗格以显示针对其他接收到的警报的警报内容。Device 500 can display other user interfaces for viewing multiple notifications or alerts. As depicted in Figure 21, in some embodiments, in response to detecting contact on a notification 606 representing a first alert, device 500 can display a screen 2102 comprising a portion of a first pane 2104 having alert content 2106 associated with notification 606, and one or more additional panes 2108 indicating other alert content for other received alerts. In some embodiments, screen 2102 can include paging points 2110 that provide the user with an indication of the number of other panes that can be displayed and the position of the currently displayed pane. In response to detecting a swipe or sweep on touch screen 504, device 500 can scroll the panes to display alert content for other received alerts.

在一些实施例中,响应于检测到窗格2104上的接触,设备500可以显示包括与通知606相关联的完整的警报内容2120的屏幕2114。在一些实施例中,屏幕2114进一步包括分页点2118,其可以向用户提供可以被显示的其他消息的指示,诸如文本消息会话中的其他消息。在一些实施例中,屏幕2114上的分页点2118的颜色可以指示消息的类型。例如,与包含当前警报内容2120的窗格2116相关联的分页点可以是一种颜色,而诸如回复消息的其他消息可以通过具有不同颜色的分页点来指示。In some embodiments, in response to detecting a contact on pane 2104, device 500 may display screen 2114 including the complete alert content 2120 associated with notification 606. In some embodiments, screen 2114 further includes paging dots 2118 that may provide the user with an indication of other messages that may be displayed, such as other messages in a text message conversation. In some embodiments, the color of paging dots 2118 on screen 2114 may indicate the type of message. For example, the paging dots associated with pane 2116 containing the current alert content 2120 may be one color, while other messages, such as reply messages, may be indicated by paging dots having different colors.

3.静音通知3. Mute notifications

在一些情况下,在接收到来自源的警报后,用户可能希望禁止针对来自相同源的警报的后续感知输出,和/或禁止表示来自相同源的警报的通知的显示。即,如果从相同源接收到后续警报,则用户可能不希望被感知输出通知,和/或可能不希望使相关联的通知显示在触摸屏504上。如在图22中描绘的,设备500可以从源接收警报并且显示通知606。在该示例中,当显示通知时,设备500检测到具有高于阈值强度的特征强度的与触摸屏504的接触。响应于检测到具有高于阈值强度的特征强度的接触,设备500可以显示用于静音从相同源接收到的后续警报或者与相同应用相关联的警报的静音可供件2204。响应于检测到静音可供件2204的选择,设备500可以无限期或者在预定时间段内禁止感知输出以及用于从相同源或应用接收到的警报的通知。In some cases, after receiving an alert from a source, a user may wish to disable subsequent sensory output for alerts from the same source and/or disable the display of notifications representing alerts from the same source. That is, if subsequent alerts are received from the same source, the user may not wish to have the notification sensory output and/or may not wish to have the associated notification displayed on touchscreen 504. As depicted in FIG22 , device 500 may receive an alert from a source and display notification 606. In this example, while displaying the notification, device 500 detects a contact with touchscreen 504 having a characteristic intensity above a threshold intensity. In response to detecting a contact having a characteristic intensity above the threshold intensity, device 500 may display a mute affordance 2204 for muting subsequent alerts received from the same source or alerts associated with the same application. In response to detecting selection of mute affordance 2204, device 500 may disable sensory output and notifications for alerts received from the same source or application indefinitely or for a predetermined period of time.

4.分组通知4. Group notifications

在一些情况下,设备500可以同时或者在很短的时间段内接收多个警报。例如,如果设备500已经被关掉了一段时间,则这种情况可以发生。当设备500随后被打开时,它可能接收到如果设备500没有被关掉则将已经被接收的所有的警报。在该情况下,用户可能被必须查看和解除多个连续的通知而打扰。In some cases, device 500 may receive multiple alerts simultaneously or within a short period of time. This may occur, for example, if device 500 has been turned off for a period of time. When device 500 is subsequently turned on, it may receive all of the alerts that would have been received if device 500 had not been turned off. In this case, the user may be annoyed by having to view and dismiss multiple consecutive notifications.

因此,在一些实施例中,响应于接收到多个警报,设备500可以显示表示多个警报的单个分组的通知,而不是针对每个接收到的警报显示单个通知。设备500可以确定是否基于分组标准显示表示多个警报的分组的通知。例如,设备500可以基于警报是否在预定时间间隔内被接收、它们是否从相同源被接收、它们是否与相同应用相关联或者这些标准的一些组合来将警报分组用于由单个通知表示。在一些实施例中,设备500可以从被包括在分组的通知中排除时间敏感的警报,并且代之以针对每个时间敏感的警报显示单个通知。例如,这种时间敏感的警报可以包括系统警报(诸如电池警报)或者紧急日历提醒。Thus, in some embodiments, in response to receiving multiple alerts, the device 500 may display a single grouped notification representing the multiple alerts, rather than displaying a single notification for each received alert. The device 500 may determine whether to display a grouped notification representing the multiple alerts based on grouping criteria. For example, the device 500 may group alerts for representation by a single notification based on whether the alerts were received within a predetermined time interval, whether they were received from the same source, whether they were associated with the same application, or some combination of these criteria. In some embodiments, the device 500 may exclude time-sensitive alerts from being included in the grouped notifications and instead display a single notification for each time-sensitive alert. For example, such time-sensitive alerts may include system alerts (such as a battery alert) or urgent calendar reminders.

图23A-C描绘了表示多个警报的分组的通知2302、2304、2306的示例。如在图23A-C中描绘的,在一些实施例中,当显示分组的通知时,设备500可以与当显示表示单个警报的通知时相比对用户输入不同地响应。例如,如之前关于图8描述的,响应于检测到表示单个警报的通知上的接触(诸如向上扫掠),设备500可以显示警报内容。相反,响应于检测到表示多个警报的分组通知上的接触,设备500可以显示用于与多个警报相关联的应用的收件箱(如果警报全部与单个应用相关联,并且该应用具有收件箱),或者可以显示包括针对由分组的警报表示的接收到的警报中的每个警报的单独的通知的通知列表。图23A-C描绘了分组的通知屏幕和对用户输入的响应的示例。Figures 23A-C depict examples of grouped notifications 2302, 2304, 2306 representing multiple alerts. As depicted in Figures 23A-C, in some embodiments, when displaying grouped notifications, the device 500 may respond differently to user input than when displaying notifications representing a single alert. For example, as previously described with respect to Figure 8, in response to detecting contact (such as swiping upward) on a notification representing a single alert, the device 500 may display the alert content. Conversely, in response to detecting contact on a grouped notification representing multiple alerts, the device 500 may display an inbox for the application associated with the multiple alerts (if the alerts are all associated with a single application and the application has an inbox), or may display a list of notifications including a separate notification for each of the received alerts represented by the grouped alerts. Figures 23A-C depict examples of grouped notification screens and responses to user input.

在图23A中描绘的示例性屏幕序列中,设备500接收了来自相同源Jason Jones的三个文本消息,并且显示表示该文本消息的分组的通知2302。响应于检测到分组的通知上的接触,设备500可以显示针对Jason Jones的文本消息收件箱2308,连同接收到的消息的列表。例如,接触可以是轻敲或扫掠。响应于检测到列表中的消息中的一条消息的选择,设备500可以显示相关联的警报内容。In the exemplary screen sequence depicted in FIG23A , device 500 receives three text messages from the same source, Jason Jones, and displays a notification 2302 representing a grouping of the text messages. In response to detecting a contact on the grouped notification, device 500 may display a text message inbox 2308 for Jason Jones, along with a list of the received messages. For example, the contact may be a tap or a swipe. In response to detecting a selection of one of the messages in the list, device 500 may display the associated alert content.

在图23B中描绘的示例性屏幕序列中,设备500接收来自两个不同源Chris Black和Jason Jones的两个警报。两个警报都与相同应用相关联。在该示例中,该应用是文本消息应用。响应于接收到两个警报,设备500可以显示表示两个警报的分组的通知2304。响应于检测到分组的通知2304上的接触,设备500可以显示列出两条消息的文本消息收件箱2310。响应于检测到列表中的消息中的一条消息的选择,设备500可以显示相关联的警报内容。In the exemplary screen sequence depicted in FIG23B , device 500 receives two alerts from two different sources, Chris Black and Jason Jones. Both alerts are associated with the same application. In this example, the application is a text messaging application. In response to receiving the two alerts, device 500 may display a grouped notification 2304 representing the two alerts. In response to detecting a contact on grouped notification 2304, device 500 may display a text message inbox 2310 listing the two messages. In response to detecting a selection of one of the messages in the list, device 500 may display the associated alert content.

在又一个示例中,如图23C中描绘的,设备500接收与多个应用相关联的多个警报。设备500可以显示表示多个警报的分组的通知2306。响应于检测到分组的通知2306上的接触,设备500可以显示通知的列表2312,其包括针对由分组的通知表示的接收到的警报中的每个警报的单独的通知。响应于检测到通知中的一个通知的选择,设备500可以显示相关联的警报内容。In yet another example, as depicted in FIG23C , device 500 receives multiple alerts associated with multiple applications. Device 500 may display grouped notification 2306 representing the multiple alerts. In response to detecting a contact on grouped notification 2306, device 500 may display a list 2312 of notifications that includes a separate notification for each of the received alerts represented by the grouped notifications. In response to detecting a selection of one of the notifications, device 500 may display the associated alert content.

在一些实施例中,响应于接收满足分组标准的多个警报,设备500可以发出多个感知输出。在一些实施例中,响应于接收到满足分组标准的多个警报,设备500可以发出单个感知输出而非针对每个警报发出感知输出。In some embodiments, in response to receiving multiple alerts that meet the grouping criteria, device 500 may issue multiple sensory outputs. In some embodiments, in response to receiving multiple alerts that meet the grouping criteria, device 500 may issue a single sensory output rather than issuing a sensory output for each alert.

5.未读警报的指示5. Indication of unread alerts

如之前关于图6B、7和15讨论的,在一些示例中,显示的钟面或主屏幕可以包括提供未读警报的指示的用户界面对象。未读警报可以对应于已经被接收但尚未被用户查看的警报,或者可以对应于已经由用户标记为“未读”的警报。例如,设备500可以基于一些或全部的警报内容是否已经被显示在触摸屏504上、警报内容被显示在触摸屏504上多久、与警报相关联的任何音频内容是否已经被播放、和/或警报内容是否(例如,响应于指示用户抬高其手腕的信号)或者例如响应于与触摸屏504的接触而被自动显示来确定警报是否已经被查看。在一些实施例中,如果警报不包括任何警报内容(例如,时钟警报),则在表示警报的通知已经被显示时设备500可以认为警报已读。As previously discussed with respect to Figures 6B, 7, and 15, in some examples, a displayed clock face or home screen may include a user interface object that provides an indication of unread alarms. Unread alarms may correspond to alarms that have been received but not yet viewed by the user, or may correspond to alarms that have been marked as "unread" by the user. For example, the device 500 may determine whether an alarm has been viewed based on whether some or all of the alarm content has been displayed on the touch screen 504, how long the alarm content has been displayed on the touch screen 504, whether any audio content associated with the alarm has been played, and/or whether the alarm content has been automatically displayed (e.g., in response to a signal indicating that the user raised their wrist) or, for example, in response to contact with the touch screen 504. In some embodiments, if the alarm does not include any alarm content (e.g., a clock alarm), the device 500 may consider the alarm to be read when a notification representing the alarm has been displayed.

在一些实施例中,设备500可以接收生成瞬时通知的警报。这种通知可能仅在相对短暂的时间段内对用户有用。例如,如果用户正在锻炼并且达到健身里程碑(诸如作为整个训练的中途),则设备500可以接收向用户通知该里程碑的瞬时警报。在该情况下,如果用户在设备500发出针对瞬时警报的感知输出后的预定时间间隔内抬高其手腕,则设备500可以显示表示该警报的通知。然而,如果用户在一段时间之后抬高其手腕,则设备500可以显示钟面或主屏幕,并且该钟面或主屏幕可以不包括对应于该警报的未读警报的指示,因为该警报可能不再与用户相关。In some embodiments, the device 500 may receive an alert that generates an instantaneous notification. Such a notification may only be useful to the user for a relatively short period of time. For example, if a user is exercising and reaches a fitness milestone (such as halfway through a full workout), the device 500 may receive an instantaneous alert that notifies the user of the milestone. In this case, if the user raises their wrist within a predetermined time interval after the device 500 issues a sensory output for the instantaneous alert, the device 500 may display a notification indicating the alert. However, if the user raises their wrist after a period of time, the device 500 may display a clock face or home screen, and the clock face or home screen may not include an indication of unread alerts corresponding to the alert, because the alert may no longer be relevant to the user.

返回图7,在示例性主屏幕706中,用户界面对象708通过显示未读警报的数目来提供未读警报的指示。在其他示例中,用户界面对象可以以不同方式来提供未读警报的指示,诸如通过显示其中颜色提供未读警报的数目的指示的有色横幅(例如,较黑的横幅指示更多未读警报)。在一些实施例中,用户界面对象可以提供存在未读警报的指示而不提供未读警报的数目的任何指示。7 , in the exemplary home screen 706 , the user interface object 708 provides an indication of unread alerts by displaying the number of unread alerts. In other examples, the user interface object can provide an indication of unread alerts in a different manner, such as by displaying a colored banner in which the color provides an indication of the number of unread alerts (e.g., a darker banner indicates more unread alerts). In some embodiments, the user interface object can provide an indication of the presence of unread alerts without providing any indication of the number of unread alerts.

在一些实施例中,如图6B、6C和15中描绘的,设备500可以通过显示点、人字标记或其他形状来提供未读警报的指示,诸如指示614。在一些实施例中,点、人字标记或其他形状的颜色可以指示未读警报的存在;例如,红色形状可以指示存在未读警报,而绿色形状可以指示不存在未读警报。在一些实施例中,形状可以以指示未读警报的数目的频率闪烁、发光或在大小上波动。例如,更高闪烁频率可以指示更多未读警报。在一些实施例中,形状的大小可以提供未读警报的数目的指示。例如,小的形状可以指示单个未读警报(如图6B中),而较大的形状可以指示更多未读警报(如图15中)。本领域技术人员将会理解,用于指示未读警报的数目的这些方式可以以许多不同方式进行组合。In some embodiments, as depicted in Figures 6B, 6C, and 15, device 500 can provide an indication of unread alerts, such as indication 614, by displaying a dot, a herringbone, or other shape. In some embodiments, the color of the dot, herringbone, or other shape can indicate the presence of unread alerts; for example, a red shape can indicate the presence of an unread alert, while a green shape can indicate the absence of an unread alert. In some embodiments, the shape can flash, glow, or fluctuate in size at a frequency that indicates the number of unread alerts. For example, a higher flashing frequency can indicate more unread alerts. In some embodiments, the size of the shape can provide an indication of the number of unread alerts. For example, a small shape can indicate a single unread alert (as in Figure 6B), while a larger shape can indicate more unread alerts (as in Figure 15). Those skilled in the art will appreciate that these methods for indicating the number of unread alerts can be combined in many different ways.

在一些实施例中,形状的显示包括效果。例如,形状可以淡入或滑入触摸屏504上的位置(例如,从屏幕的上边缘滑入)。可选地,效果被动画呈现。在一些实施例中,效果可以响应于用户输入(例如,用户抬高其手腕)来执行。In some embodiments, the display of a shape includes an effect. For example, the shape can fade or slide into position on the touch screen 504 (e.g., sliding in from the top edge of the screen). Optionally, the effect is animated. In some embodiments, the effect can be executed in response to user input (e.g., the user raising their wrist).

在一些实施例中,形状的显示根据移除标准而被移除。例如,形状可以在其已经被显示了预定时间段后或者响应于用户输入(例如,用户放低其手腕)而被移除。在一些实施例中,形状的移除包括效果。例如,形状可以淡出或滑出触摸屏504(例如,滑出屏幕的上边缘)。可选地,形状的移除被动画呈现。In some embodiments, the display of a shape is removed based on removal criteria. For example, a shape can be removed after it has been displayed for a predetermined period of time or in response to user input (e.g., the user lowers their wrist). In some embodiments, the removal of a shape includes an effect. For example, the shape can fade or slide off the touch screen 504 (e.g., sliding off the top edge of the screen). Optionally, the removal of the shape is animated.

以上描述的与未读警报的指示相关联的特征和/或效果可以向用户指示存在未读警报。例如,以指示的大小的出现或波动的动画可以将用户的注意力吸引到存在未读警报的事实上。The features and/or effects associated with the indication of unread alerts described above can indicate to the user that there are unread alerts. For example, an animation of the appearance or fluctuation of the size of the indication can draw the user's attention to the fact that there are unread alerts.

此外,一些形状可以提供附加的技术效果。在一些实施例中,箭头、三角形、人字标记(例如,图6C中的614)或提供方向性指示的其他图形对象可以向用户提供输入将使得设备500执行与未读警报相关联的操作的视觉提示。例如,提供方向的指示的图形对象,诸如图6C中描绘的人字标记614,可以向用户指示触摸屏504上的在对象正指示的方向(例如,在图6C中的人字标记614的情况下为向下)的扫掠、拖拽或轻扫将使得设备500执行与未读警报相关联的动作。在一个实施例中,在方向性对象正指向的方向上的扫掠使得设备500显示未读警报的内容,诸如举例而言,图8中的屏幕802上的警报内容804。在另一实施例中,在由对象指示的方向上的扫掠使得设备500显示警报的通知,诸如举例而言,图6A中的通知606。在又一实施例中,在由对象指示的方向上的扫掠使得设备500显示一个或多个通知的列表,该列表可以包括未读警报的通知,或者启动对应于未读警报的应用。例如,如在于2014年9月2日提交的共同未决的美国临时专利申请第62/044,953号“Reduced-size NotificationInterface”中描述的,设备500可以显示多个通知或启动对应于未读警报的应用,该申请的内容通过引用被并入于此。In addition, some shapes can provide additional technical effects. In some embodiments, arrows, triangles, herringbone marks (e.g., 614 in Figure 6 C) or other graphic objects providing directional indications can provide a visual prompt to the user that input will cause the device 500 to perform an operation associated with unread alarms. For example, a graphic object providing an indication of direction, such as the herringbone mark 614 depicted in Figure 6 C, can indicate to the user that a sweep, drag or swipe in the direction (e.g., downward in the case of the herringbone mark 614 in Figure 6 C) of the object on the touch screen 504 will cause the device 500 to perform an action associated with unread alarms. In one embodiment, the sweep in the direction that the directional object is pointing to causes the device 500 to display the content of the unread alarms, such as, for example, the alarm content 804 on the screen 802 in Figure 8. In another embodiment, the sweep in the direction indicated by the object causes the device 500 to display a notification of the alarm, such as, for example, the notification 606 in Figure 6A. In yet another embodiment, a sweep in the direction indicated by the object causes the device 500 to display a list of one or more notifications, which may include notifications of unread alerts, or to launch an application corresponding to an unread alert. For example, as described in co-pending U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/044,953, “Reduced-size Notification Interface,” filed on September 2, 2014, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference, the device 500 may display multiple notifications or launch an application corresponding to an unread alert.

本领域技术人员将会理解,指示未读警报的形状或对象的各种位置和定向是可能的。例如,在触摸屏504的底部的指示可以包括向上指向的箭头、三角形、人字标记或者提供向上的方向性指示以指示存在未读警报的其他图形对象,并且触摸屏504上的向上扫掠将使得设备500显示未读警报的内容、警报的通知、通知的列表或者与警报和/或通知相关联的另一显示。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that various positions and orientations of the shape or object indicating unread alerts are possible. For example, the indication at the bottom of touch screen 504 may include an upward-pointing arrow, triangle, chevron, or other graphical object that provides an upward directional indication to indicate the presence of unread alerts, and an upward swipe on touch screen 504 will cause device 500 to display the content of the unread alert, a notification of the alert, a list of notifications, or another display associated with the alerts and/or notifications.

6.与事件的提醒交互6. Interact with event reminders

在一些实施例中,警报与事件(例如,聚会、会议、游戏等)相关联。警报内容可以包括与事件相关联的信息,诸如事件的日期、时间以及位置。在一些实施例中,基于用户到达事件将花费的时间量的估计来显示该事件的提醒。该估计的时间量可选地依赖于用户的位置和与事件关联的位置。例如,该时间量可以是由地图应用、导航应用等生成的估计的步行、骑自行车、公共交通或者驾驶时间。在一些实施例中,比事件的时间提早用户到达事件将花费的估计时间量来显示该提醒。在一些实施例中,比事件的时间提早用户到达事件将花费的估计时间量加给予用户时间来准备前往该事件以便准时到达的预定时间量来显示该提醒。In some embodiments, the alert is associated with an event (e.g., a party, a meeting, a game, etc.). The alert content may include information associated with the event, such as the date, time, and location of the event. In some embodiments, a reminder for the event is displayed based on an estimate of the amount of time it will take for the user to arrive at the event. The estimated amount of time may optionally depend on the user's location and the location associated with the event. For example, the amount of time may be an estimated walking, bicycling, public transportation, or driving time generated by a map application, a navigation application, or the like. In some embodiments, the reminder is displayed for the estimated amount of time it will take for the user to arrive at the event earlier than the time of the event. In some embodiments, the reminder is displayed for the estimated amount of time it will take for the user to arrive at the event earlier than the time of the event plus a predetermined amount of time that gives the user time to prepare to travel to the event in order to arrive on time.

在一些实施例中,事件的通知或提醒包括可供件。响应于检测到可供件的选择,设备500可以激活消息收发应用,该消息收发应用准备向与该事件相关联的人发送的消息(例如,事件的组织者或者邀请用户到该事件的人)。这样,用户可以容易地向与事件相关联的人提供用户状态的更新(例如,“我尚未离开。我将在10分钟内到那儿。”)。在一些实施例中,响应于检测到与事件的通知或提醒相关联的可供件的选择,设备500可以激活地图应用、导航应用等,其提供或显示去往该事件的方向。方向可以包括从用户的当前位置到与事件相关联的位置的方向。In some embodiments, the notification or reminder of an event includes an affordance. In response to detecting selection of an affordance, the device 500 can activate a messaging application that prepares a message to be sent to a person associated with the event (e.g., the organizer of the event or the person who invited the user to the event). In this way, the user can easily provide updates on the user's status to people associated with the event (e.g., "I haven't left yet. I'll be there in 10 minutes."). In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of an affordance associated with a notification or reminder of an event, the device 500 can activate a map application, a navigation application, etc., which provides or displays directions to the event. The directions can include directions from the user's current location to a location associated with the event.

7.用于管理通知和警报的过程7. Process for managing notifications and alerts

图25是图示用于管理通知和警报的过程2500的流程图。过程2500可以在具有触敏显示屏的电子设备(诸如设备500(图5A))处执行。在框2502处,设备接收包括信息的警报。在框2504处,响应于接收到警报,设备发出感知输出(例如,使用触觉机制542)。在框2506,设备检测用户输入。在框2508,响应于检测到用户输入,设备确定是否在跟随感知输出的预定时间间隔内检测到用户输入。根据确定在预定时间间隔内接收到用户输入,在框2510处,设备显示包括信息的第一部分的通知。可选地,设备确定在显示通知后的第二预定时间间隔后是否继续检测到用户输入。根据确定继续检测到用户输入,设备显示信息的第二部分,其中第二部分与第一部分不同。Figure 25 is a flow chart illustrating a process 2500 for managing notifications and alerts. Process 2500 can be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device 500 (Figure 5A). At block 2502, the device receives an alert including information. At block 2504, in response to receiving the alert, the device issues a sensory output (e.g., using tactile mechanism 542). At block 2506, the device detects user input. At block 2508, in response to detecting the user input, the device determines whether the user input is detected within a predetermined time interval following the sensory output. Based on determining that the user input is received within the predetermined time interval, at block 2510, the device displays a notification including a first portion of the information. Optionally, the device determines whether user input continues to be detected after a second predetermined time interval after displaying the notification. Based on determining that user input continues to be detected, the device displays a second portion of the information, where the second portion is different from the first portion.

注意,以上关于过程2500(例如,图25和6A-8)描述的过程的细节也以类似方式可适用于本文描述的其他过程。例如,过程2600和2700可以包括以上关于过程2500描述的各种过程的特征中的一个或多个特征。为了简洁,在其他过程的描述中不重复这些细节。以上关于方法2500描述的各种方法和技术可以可选地被实现为一个或多个硬件单元,诸如关于图5B描述的那些硬件单元。Note that the details of the processes described above with respect to process 2500 (e.g., Figures 25 and 6A-8) are also applicable in a similar manner to the other processes described herein. For example, processes 2600 and 2700 may include one or more of the features of the various processes described above with respect to process 2500. For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated in the descriptions of the other processes. The various methods and techniques described above with respect to method 2500 may optionally be implemented as one or more hardware units, such as those described with respect to Figure 5B.

图26是图示用于管理通知和警报的过程2600的流程图。过程2600可以在具有触敏显示屏的电子设备(诸如设备500(图5A))处执行。在框2602处,设备接收多个警报。在框2604处,响应于接收到警报,设备500确定多个警报是否满足分组标准。在框2606处,设备检测用户输入。在框2608处,根据确定多个警报满足分组标准并且响应于检测到用户输入,设备显示表示多个警报的分组的通知。根据确定多个警报不满足分组标准并且响应于检测到用户输入,在框2610处,设备显示表示多个警报的多个通知。可选地,分组标准基于多个警报是否从相同源被接收、多个警报是否超过警报的数目阈值、多个警报是否与相同应用相关联、和/或多个警报是否在预定时间间隔内被接收。FIG26 is a flow chart illustrating a process 2600 for managing notifications and alerts. Process 2600 can be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device 500 ( FIG5A ). At block 2602, the device receives multiple alerts. At block 2604, in response to receiving the alerts, device 500 determines whether the multiple alerts meet grouping criteria. At block 2606, the device detects user input. At block 2608, based on determining that the multiple alerts meet the grouping criteria and in response to detecting the user input, the device displays a notification representing the grouping of the multiple alerts. Based on determining that the multiple alerts do not meet the grouping criteria and in response to detecting the user input, at block 2610, the device displays multiple notifications representing the multiple alerts. Optionally, the grouping criteria are based on whether the multiple alerts are received from the same source, whether the multiple alerts exceed a threshold number of alerts, whether the multiple alerts are associated with the same application, and/or whether the multiple alerts are received within a predetermined time interval.

注意,以上关于过程2600(例如,图26和23)描述的过程的细节也以类似方式可适用于本文描述的其他过程。例如,过程2500和2700可以包括以上关于过程2600描述的各种过程的特征中的一个或多个特征。为了简洁,在其他过程的描述中不重复这些细节。以上关于方法2600描述的各种方法和技术可以可选地被实现为一个或多个硬件单元,诸如关于图5B描述的那些硬件单元。Note that the details of the processes described above with respect to process 2600 (e.g., Figures 26 and 23) are also applicable to the other processes described herein in a similar manner. For example, processes 2500 and 2700 may include one or more of the features of the various processes described above with respect to process 2600. For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated in the description of the other processes. The various methods and techniques described above with respect to method 2600 may optionally be implemented as one or more hardware units, such as those described with respect to Figure 5B.

图27是图示用于管理通知和警报的过程2700的流程图。过程2700可以在具有触敏显示屏的电子设备(诸如设备500(图5A))处执行。在框2702处,在显示内容时,设备接收包括信息的警报。在框2704处,响应于接收到警报,设备500跨显示器显示通知横幅。该横幅包括信息的一部分。内容的至少一部分继续被显示在显示器上。在框2706处,设备检测横幅上的接触。响应于检测到接触,在框2708处,设备显示信息的第二部分。第二部分与第一部分不同。Figure 27 is a flow chart illustrating a process 2700 for managing notifications and alerts. Process 2700 can be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display screen, such as device 500 (Figure 5A). At box 2702, while displaying content, the device receives an alert including information. At box 2704, in response to receiving the alert, device 500 displays a notification banner across the display. The banner includes a portion of the information. At least a portion of the content continues to be displayed on the display. At box 2706, the device detects contact on the banner. In response to detecting the contact, at box 2708, the device displays a second portion of the information. The second portion is different from the first portion.

注意,以上关于过程2700(例如,图27和24)描述的过程的细节也以类似方式可适用于本文描述的其他过程。例如,过程2500和2600可以包括以上关于过程2700描述的各种过程的特征中的一个或多个特征。为了简洁,在其他过程的描述中不重复这些细节。以上关于方法2700描述的各种方法和技术可以可选地被实现为一个或多个硬件单元,诸如关于图5B描述的那些硬件单元。Note that the details of the processes described above with respect to process 2700 (e.g., Figures 27 and 24) are also applicable in a similar manner to the other processes described herein. For example, processes 2500 and 2600 may include one or more of the features of the various processes described above with respect to process 2700. For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated in the descriptions of the other processes. The various methods and techniques described above with respect to method 2700 may optionally be implemented as one or more hardware units, such as those described with respect to Figure 5B.

图28的单元可以被用于实现以上关于图25-27描述的各种技术和方法。The elements of FIG. 28 may be used to implement the various techniques and methods described above with respect to FIGs. 25-27 .

如图28所示,电子设备2800包括被配置为显示用户界面的显示单元2802以及可选地:触敏表面单元2804,被配置为接收用户接触;一个或多个传感器单元2806,被配置为利用触敏表面单元检测触摸的强度;以及处理单元2808,被耦合至显示单元2802、触敏表面单元2804和传感器单元2806。在一些实施例中,处理单元2808包括显示使能单元2810、接收单元2812和确定单元2814。As shown in FIG28 , electronic device 2800 includes a display unit 2802 configured to display a user interface and, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit 2804 configured to receive user contact; one or more sensor units 2806 configured to detect the intensity of a touch using the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit 2808 coupled to display unit 2802, touch-sensitive surface unit 2804, and sensor unit 2806. In some embodiments, processing unit 2808 includes a display enabling unit 2810, a receiving unit 2812, and a determining unit 2814.

在一些实施例中,显示使能单元2810被配置为结合显示单元2802使得通知、警报信息或者用户界面(或者用户界面的部分)显示。例如,显示使能单元2810可以被用于:显示通知、在显示器上将第一通知替换为第二通知、显示用于选择多个消息处理操作中的一个消息处理操作的用户界面。In some embodiments, the display enabling unit 2810 is configured to enable a notification, alert information, or user interface (or portion of a user interface) to be displayed in conjunction with the display unit 2802. For example, the display enabling unit 2810 can be used to: display a notification, replace a first notification with a second notification on the display, or display a user interface for selecting one of a plurality of message handling operations.

在一些实施例中,接收单元2812被配置为接收警报、数据或信息。例如,接收单元2812可以被用于接收包括信息的警报。In some embodiments, the receiving unit 2812 is configured to receive an alert, data, or information. For example, the receiving unit 2812 can be used to receive an alert including information.

在一些实施例中,确定单元2814被配置为做出确定。例如,确定单元2814可以被用于:确定信号是否在感知输出后的预定时间间隔内已经被接收;以及确定第二接触的特征强度是否高于阈值强度。In some embodiments, determination unit 2814 is configured to make a determination. For example, determination unit 2814 can be used to determine whether a signal has been received within a predetermined time interval after the sensory output; and whether the characteristic intensity of the second contact is greater than a threshold intensity.

图29示出了根据各种描述的实施例的原理配置的电子设备2900的功能框图。设备的功能框可选地由硬件、软件或者硬件和软件的组合来实现,以执行各种描述的实施例的原理。本领域技术人员将理解到,图29中描述的功能框可选地被组合或者分离到子框中,以实现各种描述的实施例的原理。因此,本文的描述可选地支持本文描述的功能框的任何可能的组合、分离或进一步限定。Figure 29 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 2900 configured according to the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are optionally implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to perform the principles of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional blocks described in Figure 29 are optionally combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination, separation, or further limitation of the functional blocks described herein.

如图29所示,电子设备2900包括被配置为显示图形用户界面的显示单元2902、被配置为发出触觉输出的触觉机制单元2904、以及被耦合至显示单元2902和触觉机制单元2904的处理单元2908。在一些实施例中,电子设备可选地包括触敏表面单元2926和处理单元2908,触敏表面单元2926被配置为接收触摸输入并且被耦合至显示单元2902。在一些实施例中,电子设备2900可选地包括可旋转及可按下输入单元2906、麦克风单元2926和按钮单元2928。在一些实施例中,处理单元2908可选地包括接收单元2910、感知输出使能单元2912、检测单元2914、确定单元2916、显示使能单元2918、启动单元2920、发送使能单元2922以及音频使能单元2924。As shown in FIG29 , electronic device 2900 includes a display unit 2902 configured to display a graphical user interface, a haptic mechanism unit 2904 configured to emit tactile output, and a processing unit 2908 coupled to display unit 2902 and tactile mechanism unit 2904. In some embodiments, the electronic device optionally includes a touch-sensitive surface unit 2926 configured to receive touch input and coupled to display unit 2902, and the processing unit 2908. In some embodiments, electronic device 2900 optionally includes a rotatable and depressible input unit 2906, a microphone unit 2926, and a button unit 2928. In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 optionally includes a receiving unit 2910, a sensory output enabling unit 2912, a detecting unit 2914, a determining unit 2916, a display enabling unit 2918, an initiating unit 2920, a transmitting enabling unit 2922, and an audio enabling unit 2924.

处理单元2908被配置为接收(例如,利用接收单元2910)包括信息的警报,以及响应于接收到警报,使能(例如,利用感知输出使能单元2912)感知输出。处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)用户输入,确定(例如,利用确定单元2916)用户输入是否在感知输出后的预定时间间隔内被检测到,以及根据确定在预定时间间隔内检测到用户输入,而使(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)通知能够在显示单元2902上显示,其中该通知包括信息的第一部分。Processing unit 2908 is configured to receive (e.g., using receiving unit 2910) an alert including information, and in response to receiving the alert, enable (e.g., using sensory output enabling unit 2912) a sensory output. Processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using detecting unit 2914) a user input, determine (e.g., using determining unit 2916) whether the user input is detected within a predetermined time interval after the sensory output, and enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) a notification to be displayed on display unit 2902 based on determining that the user input is detected within the predetermined time interval, wherein the notification includes the first portion of the information.

在一些实施例中,使能感知输出包括使得触觉机制单元2904发出触觉输出。In some embodiments, enabling sensory output includes causing tactile mechanism unit 2904 to emit tactile output.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为,根据确定在感知输出后的预定时间间隔后检测到用户输入,使得能够显示(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)钟面,其中钟面包括警报未读的指示。In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to, based on determining that user input is detected after a predetermined time interval after the sensory output, enable display (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) of a clock face, wherein the clock face includes an indication that the alarm is unread.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为,根据确定在感知输出后的预定时间间隔后检测到用户输入,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元2902上显示主屏幕,其中主屏幕包括表示多个应用的多个用户界面对象,该用户界面对象当被激活时启动对应的应用,并且其中主屏幕包括警报未读的指示。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) displaying a home screen on the display unit 2902 based on determining that user input is detected after a predetermined time interval after the perceived output, wherein the home screen includes multiple user interface objects representing multiple applications, which user interface objects launch the corresponding applications when activated, and wherein the home screen includes an indication that the alert is unread.

在一些实施例中,使得能够显示通知包括将显示单元2902从不活跃状态激活。在一些实施例中,显示通知包括将主屏幕的显示替换为通知的显示。在一些实施例中,使得能够显示通知包括使得能够显示在第一方向上将通知平移到显示器上的动画。In some embodiments, enabling display of the notification includes activating display unit 2902 from an inactive state. In some embodiments, displaying the notification includes replacing display of the home screen with display of the notification. In some embodiments, enabling display of the notification includes enabling display of an animation that translates the notification onto the display in a first direction.

在一些实施例中,通知包括用于启动与警报相关联的应用的应用可供件,并且处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)应用可供件的选择,以及响应于检测到该选择,启动(例如,利用启动单元2920)与警报相关联的应用。In some embodiments, the notification includes an application affordance for launching an application associated with the alert, and processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using detection unit 2914) selection of the application affordance and, in response to detecting the selection, launch (e.g., using launch unit 2920) the application associated with the alert.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为,响应于接收到警报,确定(例如,利用确定单元2916)用户活动水平是否满足活动标准,其中发出感知输出被延迟直到用户活动水平满足活动标准。In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to, in response to receiving the alert, determine (e.g., using determination unit 2916) whether the user activity level meets the activity criteria, wherein issuing the perceptual output is delayed until the user activity level meets the activity criteria.

在一些实施例中,电子设备被配置为检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)触敏显示器上(例如,触敏表面单元2926上)的接触的强度,并且处理单元2908被进一步配置为在通知被显示在显示单元2902上时检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)触敏显示器上的接触,以及确定(例如,利用确定单元2916)接触的特征强度是否高于阈值强度。在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为,根据确定接触的特征强度高于阈值强度,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)显示用于禁止满足静音标准的一个或多个后续警报的选项。在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为,根据确定接触的特征强度低于阈值强度以及根据确定接触在触敏显示器上对应于应用可供件的位置处,启动(例如,利用启动单元2920)与警报相关联的应用。在一些实施例中,静音标准基于警报的源。In some embodiments, the electronic device is configured to detect (e.g., using detection unit 2914) the intensity of a contact on a touch-sensitive display (e.g., on touch-sensitive surface unit 2926), and processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using detection unit 2914) the contact on the touch-sensitive display while the notification is displayed on display unit 2902, and determine (e.g., using determination unit 2916) whether the characteristic intensity of the contact is above a threshold intensity. In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to, based on determining that the characteristic intensity of the contact is above the threshold intensity, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) display of an option to suppress one or more subsequent alerts that meet the muting criteria. In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to, based on determining that the characteristic intensity of the contact is below the threshold intensity and based on determining that the contact is at a location on the touch-sensitive display corresponding to an application affordance, launch (e.g., using launching unit 2920) an application associated with the alert. In some embodiments, the muting criteria are based on the source of the alert.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为在通知被显示时检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)触敏显示器上的第二接触,确定(例如,利用确定单元2916)第二接触是否满足解除标准,以及根据确定第二接触满足解除标准,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)从显示器移除通知。在一些实施例中,当第二接触包括扫掠时,第二接触满足解除标准。在一些实施例中,当第二接触包括超过阈值距离的第二接触的移动时,第二接触满足解除标准。In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using detection unit 2914) a second contact on the touch-sensitive display while the notification is displayed, determine (e.g., using determination unit 2916) whether the second contact satisfies a dismissal criterion, and enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) removal of the notification from the display based on determining that the second contact satisfies the dismissal criterion. In some embodiments, the second contact satisfies the dismissal criterion when the second contact comprises a swipe. In some embodiments, the second contact satisfies the dismissal criterion when the second contact comprises a movement of the second contact that exceeds a threshold distance.

在一些实施例中,使得能够显示通知包括使得能够显示在第一方向上将通知平移到显示单元上的动画,并且当第二接触在与第一方向相反的第二方向上包括接触的移动时,第二接触满足解除标准。In some embodiments, enabling display of the notification includes enabling display of an animation translating the notification onto the display unit in a first direction, and the second contact satisfies the dismissal criteria when the second contact includes movement of the contact in a second direction opposite the first direction.

在一些实施例中,第二接触包括第二接触的移动和第二接触的释放,并且处理单元2908被进一步配置为,响应于检测到第二接触的移动:使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示器上根据第二接触的移动来滑动通知,以及使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)邻近于通知来显示解除指示器。可选地,处理单元2908被进一步配置为,根据确定第二接触满足解除标准并且响应于检测到第二接触的释放,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)从显示器移除解除指示器和通知。可选地,处理单元2908被进一步配置为,根据确定第二接触不满足解除标准以及响应于检测到第二接触的释放,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示器上显示将通知平移回其初始位置的动画以及使得能够从显示器移除解除指示器。In some embodiments, the second contact includes movement of the second contact and release of the second contact, and processing unit 2908 is further configured to, in response to detecting movement of the second contact: enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) sliding the notification on the display in accordance with the movement of the second contact, and enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) displaying a dismiss indicator adjacent to the notification. Optionally, processing unit 2908 is further configured to, based on determining that the second contact meets the dismiss criteria and in response to detecting the release of the second contact, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) removal of the dismiss indicator and the notification from the display. Optionally, processing unit 2908 is further configured to, based on determining that the second contact does not meet the dismiss criteria and in response to detecting the release of the second contact, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) displaying an animation on the display that translates the notification back to its initial position and enable removal of the dismiss indicator from the display.

在一些实施例中,移除通知包括显示在第二方向上将通知平移出显示器的动画。在一些实施例中,从显示器移除通知包括对显示器去激活。在一些实施例中,从显示器移除通知包括将通知的显示替换为主屏幕的显示,并且主屏幕包括警报未读的指示。在一些实施例中,从显示器移除通知包括将通知的显示替换为钟面的显示,并且钟面包括警报未读的指示。In some embodiments, removing the notification includes displaying an animation that translates the notification off the display in the second direction. In some embodiments, removing the notification from the display includes deactivating the display. In some embodiments, removing the notification from the display includes replacing the display of the notification with display of a home screen, and the home screen includes an indication that the alarm is unread. In some embodiments, removing the notification from the display includes replacing the display of the notification with display of a clock face, and the clock face includes an indication that the alarm is unread.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为:确定(例如,利用确定单元2916)在显示通知后的第二预定时间间隔内是否已经检测到第二用户输入;根据确定在第二预定时间间隔内已经检测到第二用户输入,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)从显示器移除通知;以及根据确定在第二预定时间间隔内尚未检测到第二用户输入,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)显示信息的第二部分,其中第二部分与第一部分不同。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to: determine (e.g., using the determination unit 2916) whether a second user input has been detected within a second predetermined time interval after displaying the notification; enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) to remove the notification from the display based on determining that the second user input has been detected within the second predetermined time interval; and enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) to display a second portion of the information based on determining that the second user input has not been detected within the second predetermined time interval, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为:确定(例如,利用确定单元2916)在显示通知后的第二预定时间间隔后是否继续检测到用户输入;根据确定在第二预定时间间隔后继续检测到用户输入,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示信息的第二部分,其中第二部分与第一部分不同;以及根据确定在第二预定时间间隔后没有继续检测到用户输入,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)从显示单元移除通知。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to: determine (e.g., using the determination unit 2916) whether user input continues to be detected after a second predetermined time interval after the notification is displayed; enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) to display a second portion of the information on the display unit based on determining that user input continues to be detected after the second predetermined time interval, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion; and enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) to remove the notification from the display unit based on determining that user input does not continue to be detected after the second predetermined time interval.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为在显示通知时检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)触敏显示器上(例如,触敏表面单元2926上)的第三接触,以及响应于检测到第三接触,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元2902上显示信息的第二部分,并且第二部分与第一部分不同。在一些实施例中,第二部分被显示为邻近于通知。在一些实施例中,第三接触是在第一方向上的扫掠,并且使得能够显示信息的第二部分包括在第一方向上将信息的第二部分滑动到屏幕上。In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using detection unit 2914) a third contact on the touch-sensitive display (e.g., on touch-sensitive surface unit 2926) while displaying the notification, and in response to detecting the third contact, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) display of a second portion of the information on display unit 2902, where the second portion is different from the first portion. In some embodiments, the second portion is displayed adjacent to the notification. In some embodiments, the third contact is a swipe in the first direction, and enabling display of the second portion of the information includes sliding the second portion of the information onto the screen in the first direction.

在一些实施例中,使得能够显示信息的第二部分进一步包括获取(例如,利用接收单元2910)指示是否要显示信息的第二部分的配置数据以及响应于确定配置数据指示信息的第二部分应当被显示来使得能够显示信息的第二部分。In some embodiments, enabling display of the second portion of the information further includes obtaining (e.g., using receiving unit 2910) configuration data indicating whether the second portion of the information is to be displayed and enabling display of the second portion of the information in response to determining that the configuration data indicates that the second portion of the information should be displayed.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为在显示通知时检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)应用可供件的选择,以及响应于检测到第四接触启动(例如,利用启动单元2920)与警报相关联的应用。In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using detection unit 2914) selection of an application available when displaying the notification, and to launch (e.g., using launch unit 2920) an application associated with the alert in response to detecting the fourth contact.

在一些实施例中,警报是电子消息,并且处理单元被进一步配置为在信息的第二部分被显示时检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)触敏显示器上的第四接触,以及响应于检测到第四接触,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示包括向电子消息的源发送的和从电子消息的源接收的电子消息的消息会话的至少一部分。In some embodiments, the alert is an electronic message, and the processing unit is further configured to detect (e.g., using detection unit 2914) a fourth contact on the touch-sensitive display while the second portion of the information is displayed, and in response to detecting the fourth contact, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) display on the display unit of at least a portion of the message conversation including electronic messages sent to and received from the source of the electronic messages.

在一些实施例中,警报包括音频内容,显示信息的第二部分包括显示用于播放音频内容的选项,并且处理单元2908被进一步配置为:检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)用于播放音频内容的选项的选择;以及响应于检测到该选择使得能够(例如,利用音频使能单元2924)播放音频内容。在一些实施例中,音频内容是第一音频内容,并且处理单元2908被进一步配置为在检测到用于播放第一音频内容的选项的选择后接收(例如,利用接收单元2910)包括第二音频内容的第二警报,以及响应于接收到第二警报使得能够(例如,利用音频使能单元2924)播放第二音频内容。In some embodiments, the alert includes audio content, the second portion of the displayed information includes displaying an option to play the audio content, and processing unit 2908 is further configured to: detect (e.g., using detection unit 2914) selection of the option to play the audio content; and in response to detecting the selection, enable (e.g., using audio enabling unit 2924) the playback of the audio content. In some embodiments, the audio content is first audio content, and processing unit 2908 is further configured to receive (e.g., using reception unit 2910) a second alert including second audio content after detecting the selection of the option to play the first audio content, and in response to receiving the second alert, enable (e.g., using audio enabling unit 2924) the playback of the second audio content.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为在显示信息的第二部分时检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)第三用户输入,以及响应于检测到第三用户输入,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)根据第三用户输入来滚动信息的第二部分。在一些实施例中,第三用户输入是触敏显示器上(例如,触敏表面单元2926上)的扫掠。在一些实施例中,第三用户输入是可旋转及可按下输入单元2906的旋转。In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using detection unit 2914) a third user input while displaying the second portion of the information, and in response to detecting the third user input, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) scrolling the second portion of the information according to the third user input. In some embodiments, the third user input is a swipe on the touch-sensitive display (e.g., on the touch-sensitive surface unit 2926). In some embodiments, the third user input is a rotation of the rotatable and depressible input unit 2906.

在一些实施例中,第三用户输入与向下的方向相关联,并且处理单元2908被进一步配置为确定(例如,利用确定单元2916)信息的开始是否被显示在显示单元2902上,以及根据确定信息的开始被显示以及响应于检测到第三用户输入,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)从显示单元移除信息的第二部分。In some embodiments, the third user input is associated with a downward direction, and the processing unit 2908 is further configured to determine (e.g., using the determination unit 2916) whether the beginning of the information is displayed on the display unit 2902, and based on determining that the beginning of the information is displayed and in response to detecting the third user input, enable (e.g., using the display enable unit 2918) to remove the second portion of the information from the display unit.

在一些实施例中,第三用户输入与向上的方向相关联,并且处理单元2908被进一步配置为确定(例如,利用确定单元2916)信息的结尾是否被显示在显示单元2902上,以及根据确定信息的结尾被显示在显示单元2902上以及响应于检测到第三用户输入,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示第一多个用户界面对象。可选地,用户界面对象与对应于与警报相关联的应用的动作相关联。在一些实施例中,随着信息在显示单元上被向上滚动,第一多个用户界面对象被向上滚动到显示器上信息的结尾以下。In some embodiments, the third user input is associated with an upward direction, and processing unit 2908 is further configured to determine (e.g., using determining unit 2916) whether the end of the information is displayed on display unit 2902, and based on determining that the end of the information is displayed on display unit 2902 and in response to detecting the third user input, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) display of the first plurality of user interface objects on the display unit. Optionally, the user interface objects are associated with actions corresponding to the application associated with the alert. In some embodiments, as the information is scrolled upward on the display unit, the first plurality of user interface objects are scrolled upward below the end of the information on the display.

在一些实施例中,使得能够从显示单元移除信息的第二部分包括使得能够将通知的第二部分在显示单元上的显示替换为包括时间的指示的主屏幕在显示单元上的显示,并且主屏幕被显示为没有警报未读的指示。在一些实施例中,使得能够移除信息的第二部分包括使得能够在第二方向上将信息的第二部分滑动出显示单元。In some embodiments, enabling removal of the second portion of the notification from the display unit includes enabling display of the second portion of the notification on the display unit to be replaced with display of a home screen on the display unit including an indication of the time, with the home screen displayed with no indication that the alert is unread. In some embodiments, enabling removal of the second portion of the notification includes enabling sliding the second portion of the notification off the display unit in the second direction.

在一些实施例中,电子设备被配置为检测触敏显示器上(例如,触敏表面单元2926上)的接触的强度,并且处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用接收单元2914)触敏显示器上的第五接触,以及确定(例如,利用确定单元2916)第五接触的特征强度是否高于阈值强度。在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为:根据确定第五接触的特征强度高于阈值强度,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元2902上显示第一多个用户界面对象,其中用户界面对象与对应于与警报相关联的应用的动作相关联;以及根据确定第五接触的特征强度低于阈值强度,启动(例如,利用启动单元2920)与警报相关联的应用。In some embodiments, the electronic device is configured to detect intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive display (e.g., on touch-sensitive surface unit 2926), and processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using receiving unit 2914) a fifth contact on the touch-sensitive display and determine (e.g., using determining unit 2916) whether a characteristic intensity of the fifth contact is greater than a threshold intensity. In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to: based on determining that the characteristic intensity of the fifth contact is greater than the threshold intensity, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) display of a first plurality of user interface objects on display unit 2902, wherein the user interface objects are associated with actions corresponding to an application associated with the alert; and based on determining that the characteristic intensity of the fifth contact is less than the threshold intensity, launch (e.g., using launching unit 2920) the application associated with the alert.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)第一多个用户界面对象中的第一用户界面对象的选择,以及响应于检测到第一用户界面对象的选择,使得能够(例如,利用发送使能单元2922)向外部电子设备发送数据,以使得外部电子设备启动(例如,利用启动单元2920)与警报相关联的应用。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using the detection unit 2914) the selection of a first user interface object from the first plurality of user interface objects, and in response to detecting the selection of the first user interface object, enable (e.g., using the send enable unit 2922) the sending of data to the external electronic device so that the external electronic device starts (e.g., using the start unit 2920) the application associated with the alarm.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为确定(例如,利用确定单元2916)在信息的第二部分被显示时在第三预定时间间隔内是否已经接收到用户输入,以及根据确定在第三预定时间间隔内没有接收到用户输入,(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)对显示单元2902去激活。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to determine (e.g., using the determination unit 2916) whether user input has been received within a third predetermined time interval when the second portion of the information is displayed, and to deactivate the display unit 2902 (e.g., using the display enable unit 2918) based on determining that no user input has been received within the third predetermined time interval.

在一些实施例中,通知被显示在显示单元2902上邻近于信息的第二部分,通知包括应用可供件,并且处理单元2908被进一步配置为在信息的第二部分被显示时检测(例如,利用接收单元2914)应用可供件的选择,以及响应于检测到应用可供件的选择,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示第二多个用户界面对象。In some embodiments, a notification is displayed on display unit 2902 adjacent to a second portion of the information, the notification includes an application affordance, and processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using receiving unit 2914) selection of the application affordance when the second portion of the information is displayed, and in response to detecting selection of the application affordance, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) display of a second plurality of user interface objects on the display unit.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用接收单元2914)第二多个用户界面对象中的第一用户界面对象的选择,以及响应于检测到第一用户界面对象的选择,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示第三多个用户界面对象。In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using receiving unit 2914) a selection of a first user interface object from a second plurality of user interface objects, and in response to detecting the selection of the first user interface object, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) the display of a third plurality of user interface objects on the display unit.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测按钮单元2928上的输入,以及响应于检测到按钮单元2928上的输入,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示第三多个用户界面对象。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect input on the button unit 2928, and in response to detecting the input on the button unit 2928, enable (e.g., using the display enable unit 2918) the display of a third plurality of user interface objects on the display unit.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用接收单元2914)第三多个用户界面对象中的第一用户界面对象的选择,以及响应于检测到第三多个用户界面对象中的第一用户界面对象的选择,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示用于选择预定响应消息的用户界面。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using the receiving unit 2914) the selection of a first user interface object among a third plurality of user interface objects, and in response to detecting the selection of the first user interface object among the third plurality of user interface objects, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) the display of a user interface for selecting a predetermined response message on the display unit.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用接收单元2914)第一预定响应消息的选择,以及响应于检测到第一预定响应消息的选择,使得能够(例如,利用发送使能单元2922)向警报源发送第一预定响应消息。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using the receiving unit 2914) the selection of the first predetermined response message, and in response to detecting the selection of the first predetermined response message, enable (e.g., using the sending enabling unit 2922) the sending of the first predetermined response message to the alarm source.

在一些实施例中,向警报源发送第一预定响应消息包括显示确认可供件,检测确认可供件的选择,以及响应于检测到确认可供件的选择,使得能够向警报源发送第一预定响应消息。In some embodiments, sending the first predetermined response message to the alert source includes displaying a confirmation affordance, detecting selection of the confirmation affordance, and enabling sending the first predetermined response message to the alert source in response to detecting selection of the confirmation affordance.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为,在使得能够向源发送第一预定响应消息后,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示消息已发送确认屏幕并且使得能够将消息已发送确认屏幕的显示替换为主屏幕的显示,其中主屏幕在显示单元上被显示为没有警报未读的指示。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to, after enabling the first predetermined response message to be sent to the source, enable (for example, using the display enabling unit 2918) the display of a message sent confirmation screen on the display unit and enable the display of the message sent confirmation screen to be replaced with the display of the main screen, wherein the main screen is displayed on the display unit as an indication that no alerts are unread.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用接收单元2914)第三多个用户界面对象中的第二用户界面对象的选择,以及响应于检测到第三多个用户界面对象中的第二用户界面对象的选择,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示用于选择表情符号图标的用户界面。In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using receiving unit 2914) a selection of a second user interface object from a third plurality of user interface objects, and in response to detecting the selection of the second user interface object from the third plurality of user interface objects, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) display of a user interface for selecting an emoji icon on the display unit.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用接收单元2914)第一表情符号图标,以及响应于检测到第一表情符号图标的选择,使得能够(例如,利用发送使能单元2922)向警报源发送第一表情符号图标。在一些实施例中,使得能够向警报源发送表情符号图标包括使得能够在显示单元2902上显示确认可供件,检测确认可供件的选择,以及响应于检测到确认可供件的选择,使得能够向警报源发送表情符号图标。In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using receiving unit 2914) a first emoji icon, and in response to detecting selection of the first emoji icon, enable sending (e.g., using sending enabling unit 2922) the first emoji icon to the alert source. In some embodiments, enabling sending the emoji icon to the alert source includes enabling display of a confirmation affordance on display unit 2902, detecting selection of the confirmation affordance, and in response to detecting selection of the confirmation affordance, enabling sending the emoji icon to the alert source.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用接收单元2914)第二多个用户界面对象中的第二用户界面对象的选择,以及响应于检测到第二多个用户界面对象中的第二用户界面对象的选择:确定(例如,利用确定单元2916)信息的第二部分是否被显示在显示单元2902上;根据确定信息的第二部分被显示,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示主屏幕,其中主屏幕被显示为没有警报未读的指示;以及根据确定信息的第二部分未被显示,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)显示主屏幕,其中主屏幕包括警报未读的指示。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using the receiving unit 2914) a selection of a second user interface object in a second plurality of user interface objects, and in response to detecting the selection of the second user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects: determine (e.g., using the determining unit 2916) whether the second portion of the information is displayed on the display unit 2902; based on determining that the second portion of the information is displayed, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) the display of a home screen on the display unit, wherein the home screen is displayed as having no indication that the alert is unread; and based on determining that the second portion of the information is not displayed, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) the display of the home screen, wherein the home screen includes an indication that the alert is unread.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用接收单元2914)第二多个用户界面对象中的第二用户界面对象的选择,以及响应于检测到第二多个用户界面对象中的第二用户界面对象的选择:确定(例如,利用确定单元2916)信息的第二部分是否被显示在显示单元2902上;根据确定信息的第二部分被显示,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)显示钟面,其中钟面被显示为没有警报未读的指示;以及根据确定信息的第二部分未被显示,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)显示钟面,其中钟面包括警报未读的指示。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using the receiving unit 2914) a selection of a second user interface object in a second plurality of user interface objects, and in response to detecting the selection of the second user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects: determine (e.g., using the determining unit 2916) whether a second portion of the information is displayed on the display unit 2902; based on determining that the second portion of the information is displayed, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) display of a clock face, wherein the clock face is displayed as having no indication that the alarm is unread; and based on determining that the second portion of the information is not displayed, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) display of a clock face, wherein the clock face includes an indication that the alarm is unread.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用接收单元2914)第二多个用户界面对象中的第三用户界面对象的选择,以及响应于检测到第二多个用户界面对象中的第三用户界面对象的选择,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示器上显示虚拟键盘。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using the receiving unit 2914) a selection of a third user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects, and in response to detecting the selection of the third user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) the display of a virtual keyboard on the display.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)第二多个用户界面对象中的第四用户界面对象的选择,以及响应于检测到第二多个用户界面对象中的第四用户界面对象的选择:使得能够(例如,利用音频使能单元2924)记录来自麦克风单元的音频输入以及使得能够(例如,利用发送使能单元2922)向警报源发送对应于记录的音频输入的数据。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using the detection unit 2914) the selection of a fourth user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects, and in response to detecting the selection of the fourth user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects: enable (e.g., using the audio enable unit 2924) the recording of audio input from the microphone unit and enable (e.g., using the send enable unit 2922) the sending of data corresponding to the recorded audio input to the alarm source.

在一些实施例中,使得能够发送对应于记录的音频输入的数据包括使得能够在显示单元上显示(例如,使用显示使能单元2918)记录的音频输入的指示以及发送可供件,检测发送可供件的选择,以及响应于检测到发送可供件的选择,使得能够向警报源发送对应于记录的音频输入的数据。In some embodiments, enabling sending of data corresponding to the recorded audio input includes enabling display of an indication of the recorded audio input and a send affordance on a display unit (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918), detecting selection of the send affordance, and in response to detecting selection of the send affordance, enabling sending of data corresponding to the recorded audio input to an alarm source.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为在启动应用后检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)可旋转及可按下输入单元2906的按下,以及响应于检测到按下,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示主屏幕。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using the detection unit 2914) a press of the rotatable and depressible input unit 2906 after launching the application, and in response to detecting the press, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) the display of the home screen on the display unit.

在一些实施例中,可旋转及可按下输入单元2906是可旋转的机械按钮,并且按下表示该机械按钮上的按压。在一些实施例中,可旋转及可按下输入单元2906是可旋转的电容式按钮,并且按下表示该电容式按钮上的触摸。In some embodiments, the rotatable and depressible input unit 2906 is a rotatable mechanical button, and pressing represents pressing on the mechanical button. In some embodiments, the rotatable and depressible input unit 2906 is a rotatable capacitive button, and pressing represents touching on the capacitive button.

在一些实施例中,通知是第一通知,并且处理单元2908被进一步配置为在第一通知被显示在显示单元2902上时接收(例如,利用接收单元2910)包括第二信息的第二警报,以及响应于接收到第二警报,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)将第一通知的显示替换为第二通知在显示单元上的显示,其中第二通知包括第二信息的第一部分。In some embodiments, the notification is a first notification, and the processing unit 2908 is further configured to receive (e.g., using the receiving unit 2910) a second alert including second information when the first notification is displayed on the display unit 2902, and in response to receiving the second alert, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) the display of the first notification to be replaced with the display of the second notification on the display unit, wherein the second notification includes the first portion of the second information.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为响应于接收到第二警报,使能(例如,利用感知输出使能单元2912)第二感知输出。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to enable (eg, using the sensory output enabling unit 2912 ) a second sensory output in response to receiving the second alert.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)对于解除第二通知的请求,以及响应于检测到该请求,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)解除第二通知以及使得能够在显示单元2902上重新显示第一通知。In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using detection unit 2914) a request to dismiss the second notification, and in response to detecting the request, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) the dismissal of the second notification and enable the redisplay of the first notification on display unit 2902.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)对于解除第二通知的请求,以及响应于检测到该请求,使得能够解除第二通知以及使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示主屏幕,其中主屏幕包括第一警报和第二警报未读的指示。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using the detection unit 2914) a request to dismiss the second notification, and in response to detecting the request, enable the second notification to be dismissed and enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) the display of a home screen on the display unit, wherein the home screen includes an indication that the first alert and the second alert are unread.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)对于解除第二通知的请求,以及响应于检测到该请求,使得能够解除第二通知以及使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元2902上显示钟面,其中钟面包括第一警报和第二警报未读的指示。In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using detection unit 2914) a request to dismiss the second notification, and in response to detecting the request, enable dismissal of the second notification and enable display of a clock face on display unit 2902 (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918), wherein the clock face includes an indication that the first alarm and the second alarm are unread.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为在显示信息的第二部分时接收(例如,利用接收单元2910)包括第二信息的第二警报,以及响应于接收到第二警报,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)将信息的第二部分的显示替换为第二通知在显示单元2902上的显示,其中第二通知包括第二信息的第一部分。In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to receive (e.g., using the receiving unit 2910) a second alert including the second information when displaying the second portion of the information, and in response to receiving the second alert, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) the display of the second portion of the information to be replaced with the display of a second notification on the display unit 2902, wherein the second notification includes the first portion of the second information.

在一些实施例中,警报是从源接收到的第一警报,并且处理单元2908被进一步配置为在显示信息的第二部分时接收(例如,利用接收单元2910)来自源的第二警报,以及响应于接收到第二警报,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)显示表示第一警报和第二警报的分组的通知。在一些实施例中,第一警报和第二警报与相同的应用相关联。In some embodiments, the alert is a first alert received from a source, and processing unit 2908 is further configured to receive (e.g., using receiving unit 2910) a second alert from the source while displaying the second portion of information, and in response to receiving the second alert, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) display of a notification representing a grouping of the first alert and the second alert. In some embodiments, the first alert and the second alert are associated with the same application.

在一些实施例中,处理单元2908被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用检测单元2914)分组的通知上的第六接触,以及响应于检测到第六接触,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)在显示单元上显示从源接收到的警报的列表,其中该警报的列表与相同的应用相关联。In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (e.g., using detection unit 2914) a sixth contact on the grouped notifications, and in response to detecting the sixth contact, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 2918) display on the display unit a list of alerts received from the source, wherein the list of alerts is associated with the same application.

在一些实施例中,警报是健身警报,并且处理单元2908被进一步配置为,在第二预定时间间隔后,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)将通知在显示单元1902上的显示替换为表示健身成就的用户界面对象的显示,并且在第三预定时间间隔后,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元2918)将用户界面对象在显示单元上的显示替换为信息的第二部分的显示,其中第二部分与第一部分不同。In some embodiments, the alert is a fitness alert, and the processing unit 2908 is further configured to, after a second predetermined time interval, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) replacement of the display of the notification on the display unit 1902 with the display of a user interface object representing a fitness achievement, and after a third predetermined time interval, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 2918) replacement of the display of the user interface object on the display unit with the display of a second portion of the information, where the second portion is different from the first portion.

以上关于图25描述的操作可选地由在图1A-1B或者图29中描绘的部件实现。例如,接收操作2502、发出操作2504、检测操作2506、确定操作2508以及显示操作2510可选地由事件分类器170、事件识别器180和事件处理机190实现。事件分类器170中的事件监视器171检测触敏显示器112上的接触,并且事件分派器模块174向应用136-1递送事件信息。应用136-1的相应事件识别器180比较事件信息和相应的事件定义186,并且确定触敏表面上第一位置处的第一触摸(或者设备的旋转或其他移动)是否对应于预定事件或子事件,诸如用户界面上对象的选择、或者设备从一个定向到另一定向的转动。当检测到相应的预定事件或子事件时,事件识别器180激活与事件或子事件的检测相关联的事件处理机190。事件处理机190可选地使用或调用数据更新器176或对象更新器177以更新应用内部状态192。在一些实施例中,事件处理机190访问相应的GUI更新器178以更新由应用显示的对象。类似地,本领域技术人员将清楚,基于图1A-1B中描绘的部件如何实现其他过程。The operations described above with respect to FIG. 25 may optionally be implemented by the components depicted in FIG. 1A-1B or FIG. 29 . For example, receiving operation 2502 , issuing operation 2504 , detecting operation 2506 , determining operation 2508 , and displaying operation 2510 may optionally be implemented by event classifier 170 , event recognizer 180 , and event handler 190 . An event monitor 171 in event classifier 170 detects contact on touch-sensitive display 112 , and event dispatcher module 174 delivers event information to application 136 - 1 . A corresponding event recognizer 180 of application 136 - 1 compares the event information with a corresponding event definition 186 and determines whether a first touch at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or rotation or other movement of the device) corresponds to a predetermined event or sub-event, such as the selection of an object on a user interface or the rotation of the device from one orientation to another. Upon detecting a corresponding predetermined event or sub-event, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses the corresponding GUI updater 178 to update objects displayed by the application. Similarly, it will be clear to those skilled in the art how to implement other processes based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B.

根据一些实施例,图30示出了根据各种描述的实施例的原理而配置的电子设备3000的功能框图。设备的功能框可选地由硬件、软件或者硬件和软件的组合来实现,以执行各种描述的实施例的原理。本领域技术人员将理解到,图30中描述的功能框可选地被组合或者分离到子框中,以实现各种描述的实施例的原理。因此,本文的描述可选地支持本文描述的功能框的任何可能的组合或分离或进一步限定。According to some embodiments, Figure 30 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 3000 configured according to the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are optionally implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to perform the principles of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional blocks described in Figure 30 are optionally combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further limitation of the functional blocks described herein.

如图30所示,电子设备3000包括显示单元3002,被配置为显示图形用户界面以及耦合到显示单元3002的处理单元3004。在一些实施例中,电子设备可选地包括触敏表面单元3016和处理单元3004,触敏表面单元3016被配置为接收触摸输入并且被耦合至显示单元3002。在一些实施例中,处理单元3004可选地包括接收单元3006、确定单元3008、显示使能单元3010、检测单元3012以及感知输出使能单元3014。30 , electronic device 3000 includes a display unit 3002 configured to display a graphical user interface and a processing unit 3004 coupled to display unit 3002. In some embodiments, the electronic device optionally includes a touch-sensitive surface unit 3016 and processing unit 3004, where touch-sensitive surface unit 3016 is configured to receive touch input and is coupled to display unit 3002. In some embodiments, processing unit 3004 optionally includes a receiving unit 3006, a determining unit 3008, a display enabling unit 3010, a detecting unit 3012, and a sensory output enabling unit 3014.

处理单元3004被配置为接收(例如,利用接收单元3006)多个警报,以及响应于接收到多个警报,确定(例如,利用确定单元3008)多个警报是否满足分组标准。处理单元3004被进一步配置为,根据确定多个警报满足分组标准,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元3010)在显示单元3002上显示表示多个警报的分组的通知,以及响应于确定多个警报不满足分组标准,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元3010)在显示单元上显示表示多个警报的多个通知。The processing unit 3004 is configured to receive (e.g., using the receiving unit 3006) a plurality of alarms, and in response to receiving the plurality of alarms, determine (e.g., using the determining unit 3008) whether the plurality of alarms meet a grouping criterion. The processing unit 3004 is further configured to, in response to determining that the plurality of alarms meet the grouping criterion, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 3010) the display of a notification representing the grouping of the plurality of alarms on the display unit 3002, and in response to determining that the plurality of alarms do not meet the grouping criterion, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 3010) the display of a plurality of notifications representing the plurality of alarms on the display unit.

在一些实施例中,分组标准基于从包括以下各项的群组中选择的一个或多个标准:多个警报是否从相同源被接收、多个警报是否超过警报的数目阈值、多个警报是否与相同应用相关联、以及多个警报是否在预定时间段内被接收。In some embodiments, the grouping criteria is based on one or more criteria selected from a group consisting of: whether multiple alerts are received from the same source, whether multiple alerts exceed a threshold number of alerts, whether multiple alerts are associated with the same application, and whether multiple alerts are received within a predetermined time period.

在一些实施例中,多个警报包括从相同源接收到的并且与相同应用相关联的第一警报和第二警报,第一警报和第二警报满足分组标准,第一警报包括第一信息并且第二警报包括第二信息,并且显示单元是触敏显示单元。在一些实施例中,处理单元3004被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用检测单元3012)在触敏显示单元上(例如,触敏表面单元3016上)对应于分组的通知的位置处的第七接触,以及响应于检测到第七接触,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元3010)在显示单元3002上显示第一信息和第二信息。In some embodiments, the plurality of alerts include a first alert and a second alert received from the same source and associated with the same application, the first alert and the second alert satisfy a grouping criterion, the first alert includes the first information and the second alert includes the second information, and the display unit is a touch-sensitive display unit. In some embodiments, the processing unit 3004 is further configured to detect (e.g., using the detection unit 3012) a seventh contact on the touch-sensitive display unit (e.g., on the touch-sensitive surface unit 3016) at a location corresponding to the grouped notifications, and in response to detecting the seventh contact, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 3010) display of the first information and the second information on the display unit 3002.

在一些实施例中,第一警报和第二警报从不同的源被接收并且与相同应用相关联,并且处理单元3004被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用检测单元3012)在触敏显示单元上(例如,触敏表面单元3016上)对应于分组的通知的位置处的第八接触,以及响应于检测到第八接触,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元3010)在显示单元3002上显示与应用相关联的警报的列表,其中警报的列表包括第一警报和第二警报。In some embodiments, the first alert and the second alert are received from different sources and are associated with the same application, and the processing unit 3004 is further configured to detect (e.g., using the detection unit 3012) an eighth contact at a location on the touch-sensitive display unit (e.g., on the touch-sensitive surface unit 3016) corresponding to the grouped notifications, and in response to detecting the eighth contact, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 3010) the display of a list of alerts associated with the application on the display unit 3002, wherein the list of alerts includes the first alert and the second alert.

在一些实施例中,多个警报与多个应用相关联,并且其中多个警报满足分组标准,其中显示单元是触敏显示单元,并且处理单元3004被进一步配置为使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元3010)显示表示多个警报的分组的通知,检测(例如,利用检测单元3012)在触敏显示器上对应于分组的通知的位置处的第九接触,以及响应于检测到第九接触,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元3010)显示表示多个警报的通知的列表,其中接收到的警报包括第一警报和第二警报。In some embodiments, multiple alerts are associated with multiple applications, and wherein the multiple alerts meet the grouping criteria, wherein the display unit is a touch-sensitive display unit, and the processing unit 3004 is further configured to enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 3010) display of notifications representing a group of the multiple alerts, detect (e.g., using the detection unit 3012) a ninth contact at a location on the touch-sensitive display corresponding to the grouped notifications, and in response to detecting the ninth contact, enable (e.g., using the display enabling unit 3010) display of a list of notifications representing the multiple alerts, wherein the received alerts include a first alert and a second alert.

在一些实施例中,处理单元3004被进一步配置为进一步响应于接收到多个警报使能(例如,利用感知输出使能单元3014)感知输出。在一些实施例中,处理单元3004被进一步配置为,进一步根据确定多个警报满足分组标准,使能(例如,利用感知输出使能单元3014)单个感知输出,以及进一步根据确定多个警报不满足分组标准,使能(例如,利用感知输出使能单元3014)对应于多个警报的多个感知输出。In some embodiments, the processing unit 3004 is further configured to enable (e.g., using the sensory output enabling unit 3014) a sensory output further in response to receiving the plurality of alerts. In some embodiments, the processing unit 3004 is further configured to enable (e.g., using the sensory output enabling unit 3014) a single sensory output further based on determining that the plurality of alerts meet the grouping criteria, and to enable (e.g., using the sensory output enabling unit 3014) a plurality of sensory outputs corresponding to the plurality of alerts further based on determining that the plurality of alerts do not meet the grouping criteria.

以上关于图26描述的操作可选地由在图1A-1B或者图30中描绘的部件实现。例如,接收操作2602、确定操作2604、检测操作2606、以及显示操作2608和2610可选地由事件分类器170、事件识别器180和事件处理机190实现。事件分类器170中的事件监视器171检测触敏显示器112上的接触,并且事件分派器模块174向应用136-1递送事件信息。应用136-1的相应事件识别器180比较事件信息和相应的事件定义186,并且确定触敏表面上第一位置处的第一接触(或者设备的旋转或其他移动)是否对应于预定事件或子事件,诸如用户界面上对象的选择、或者设备从一个定向到另一定向的转动。当检测到相应的预定事件或子事件时,事件识别器180激活与事件或子事件的检测相关联的事件处理机190。事件处理机190可选地使用或调用数据更新器176或对象更新器177以更新应用内部状态192。在一些实施例中,事件处理机190访问相应的GUI更新器178以更新由应用显示的对象。类似地,本领域技术人员将清楚,基于图1A-1B中描绘的部件如何实现其他过程。The operations described above with respect to FIG. 26 may optionally be implemented by the components depicted in FIG. 1A-1B or FIG. 30 . For example, receiving operation 2602 , determining operation 2604 , detecting operation 2606 , and displaying operations 2608 and 2610 may optionally be implemented by event classifier 170 , event recognizer 180 , and event handler 190 . An event monitor 171 in event classifier 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112 , and event dispatcher module 174 delivers event information to application 136 - 1 . A corresponding event recognizer 180 of application 136 - 1 compares the event information with a corresponding event definition 186 and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or a rotation or other movement of the device) corresponds to a predetermined event or sub-event, such as the selection of an object on a user interface or the rotation of the device from one orientation to another. Upon detecting a corresponding predetermined event or sub-event, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses the corresponding GUI updater 178 to update objects displayed by the application. Similarly, it will be clear to those skilled in the art how to implement other processes based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B.

根据一些实施例,图31示出了根据各种所描述的实施例的原理配置的电子设备3100的功能框图。设备的功能框可选地由硬件、软件或者硬件和软件的组合来实现,以执行各种描述的实施例的原理。本领域技术人员将理解到,图31中描述的功能块可选地被组合或者分离到子框中,以实现各种描述的实施例的原理。因此,本文的描述可选地支持本文描述的功能框的任何可能的组合或分离或者进一步限定。According to some embodiments, Figure 31 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 3100 configured according to the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are optionally implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to perform the principles of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional blocks described in Figure 31 are optionally combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further limitation of the functional blocks described herein.

如图31所示,电子设备3100包括被配置为接收接触并显示图形用户界面的触敏显示单元3102以及耦合到显示单元3102的处理单元3104。在一些实施例中,处理单元3104可选地包括接收单元3106、显示使能单元3108和检测单元3110。31 , the electronic device 3100 includes a touch-sensitive display unit 3102 configured to receive contact and display a graphical user interface, and a processing unit 3104 coupled to the display unit 3102. In some embodiments, the processing unit 3104 optionally includes a receiving unit 3106, a display enabling unit 3108, and a detecting unit 3110.

处理单元3104被配置为在显示单元正在活跃地显示内容时接收(例如,利用接收单元3106)包括信息的警报,并且响应于接收到警报,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元3108)跨触敏显示单元3102的一部分显示通知横幅,其中通知横幅包括信息的第一部分并且其中内容的至少一部分继续被显示。处理单元3104被进一步配置为检测(例如,利用检测单元3110)触敏显示单元上的对应于通知横幅的位置处的接触,以及响应于检测到接触,使得能够(例如,利用显示使能单元3108)在显示单元上显示信息的第二部分,其中第二部分与第一部分不同。Processing unit 3104 is configured to receive (e.g., using receiving unit 3106) an alert including information while the display unit is actively displaying content, and in response to receiving the alert, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 3108) display of a notification banner across a portion of touch-sensitive display unit 3102, wherein the notification banner includes a first portion of the information and wherein at least a portion of the content continues to be displayed. Processing unit 3104 is further configured to detect (e.g., using detecting unit 3110) a contact on the touch-sensitive display unit at a location corresponding to the notification banner, and in response to detecting the contact, enable (e.g., using display enabling unit 3108) display of a second portion of the information on the display unit, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion.

以上关于图27描述的操作可选地由在图1A-1B或者图31中描绘的部件实现。例如,接收操作2702、显示操作2704和2708以及检测操作2706可选地由事件分类器170、事件识别器180和事件处理机190实现。事件分类器170中的事件监视器171检测触敏显示器112上的接触,并且事件分派器模块174向应用136-1递送事件信息。应用136-1的相应事件识别器180比较事件信息和相应的事件定义186,并且确定触敏表面上第一位置处的第一接触(或者设备的旋转或其他移动)是否对应于预定事件或子事件,诸如用户界面上对象的选择、或者设备从一个定向到另一定向的转动。当检测到相应的预定事件或子事件时,事件识别器180激活与事件或子事件的检测相关联的事件处理机190。事件处理机190可选地使用或调用数据更新器176或对象更新器177以更新应用内部状态192。在一些实施例中,事件处理机190访问相应的GUI更新器178以更新由应用显示的对象。类似地,本领域技术人员将清楚,基于图1A-1B中描绘的部件能够如何实现其他过程。The operations described above with respect to FIG. 27 may optionally be implemented by the components depicted in FIG. 1A-1B or FIG. 31 . For example, receiving operation 2702 , display operations 2704 and 2708 , and detecting operation 2706 may optionally be implemented by event classifier 170 , event recognizer 180 , and event handler 190 . An event monitor 171 in event classifier 170 detects contact on touch-sensitive display 112 , and event dispatcher module 174 delivers event information to application 136 - 1 . A corresponding event recognizer 180 of application 136 - 1 compares the event information with a corresponding event definition 186 and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or rotation or other movement of the device) corresponds to a predetermined event or sub-event, such as the selection of an object on a user interface or the rotation of the device from one orientation to another. Upon detecting a corresponding predetermined event or sub-event, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses the corresponding GUI updater 178 to update objects displayed by the application. Similarly, it will be clear to those skilled in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B.

为了说明的目的,参照具体实施例进行了前述描述。然而,上文例示性论述不旨在是穷举式的或使本发明限于公开的确切形式。许多修改和改变鉴于上述教导是可能的。选择和描述这些实施例是为了最佳地说明本发明的原理及其实际应用,从而使得本领域技术人员能够最佳地利用本发明和使各种修改适合设想的特定使用的各种描述的实施例。For purposes of illustration, the foregoing description has been made with reference to specific embodiments. However, the above illustrative discussion is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in light of the above teachings. These embodiments have been chosen and described in order to best illustrate the principles of the invention and its practical application, thereby enabling those skilled in the art to best utilize the invention and to adapt the various described embodiments to the specific use contemplated.

Claims (142)

1.一种用于有条件地显示通知的方法,包括:1. A method for conditionally displaying a notification, comprising: 在具有显示器的电子设备处:In electronic devices with displays: 接收包括信息的警报;Receive alarms including information; 响应于接收到所述警报,发出感知输出;In response to receiving the alarm, a sensing output is issued; 检测用户输入;Detect user input; 确定在所述感知输出后的预定时间间隔内是否检测到所述用户输入;以及Determine whether the user input was detected within a predetermined time interval after the perceived output; and 根据确定在所述预定时间间隔内检测到所述用户输入,在所述显示器上显示通知,其中所述通知包括所述信息的第一部分,并且其中显示所述通知包括将所述显示器从不活跃状态激活。Based on the determination that the user input was detected within the predetermined time interval, a notification is displayed on the display, wherein the notification includes a first portion of the information, and wherein displaying the notification includes activating the display from an inactive state. 2.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中所述电子设备包括触觉机制,并且其中发出所述感知输出包括使得所述触觉机制发出触觉输出。2. The method of claim 1, wherein the electronic device includes a tactile mechanism, and wherein emitting the sensory output includes causing the tactile mechanism to emit a tactile output. 3.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,进一步包括:3. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, further comprising: 根据确定在所述感知输出后的所述预定时间间隔后检测到所述用户输入,显示钟面,其中所述钟面包括所述警报未读的指示。Based on the determination that the user input is detected after the predetermined time interval following the perception output, a clock face is displayed, wherein the clock face includes an indication that the alarm has not been read. 4.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,进一步包括:4. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, further comprising: 根据确定在所述感知输出后的所述预定时间间隔后检测到所述用户输入,显示主屏幕,其中所述主屏幕包括表示多个应用的多个用户界面对象,所述用户界面对象当被激活时,启动对应的应用,并且其中所述主屏幕包括所述警报未读的指示。Based on the determination that the user input is detected after the predetermined time interval following the perception output, a main screen is displayed, wherein the main screen includes multiple user interface objects representing multiple applications, and when the user interface objects are activated, the corresponding applications are launched, and wherein the main screen includes an indication that the alarm has not been read. 5.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,其中显示所述通知包括将主屏幕的显示替换为所述通知的显示。5. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein displaying the notification includes replacing the display of the home screen with the display of the notification. 6.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,其中显示所述通知包括显示在第一方向上将所述通知平移到所述显示器上的动画。6. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein displaying the notification includes displaying an animation that translates the notification onto the display in a first direction. 7.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,其中所述通知包括用于启动与所述警报相关联的应用的应用可供件,所述方法进一步包括:7. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein the notification includes an application enabler for launching an application associated with the alarm, the method further comprising: 检测所述应用可供件的选择;以及The selection of available components for the application is detected; and 响应于检测到所述选择,启动与所述警报相关联的所述应用。In response to the detection of the selection, the application associated with the alert is launched. 8.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,进一步包括:8. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, further comprising: 响应于接收到所述警报,确定用户活动水平是否满足活动标准,In response to receiving the alarm, determine whether the user's activity level meets the activity criteria. 其中发出所述感知输出被延迟直到所述用户活动水平满足所述活动标准。The perception output is delayed until the user's activity level meets the activity criteria. 9.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,其中所述显示器是触敏显示器并且所述设备被配置为检测所述触敏显示器上的接触的强度,所述方法进一步包括:9. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein the display is a touch-sensitive display and the device is configured to detect the intensity of a touch on the touch-sensitive display, the method further comprising: 在所述通知被显示时,检测所述显示器上的接触;When the notification is displayed, a touch on the display is detected; 确定所述接触的特征强度是否高于阈值强度;Determine whether the characteristic intensity of the contact is higher than the threshold intensity; 根据确定所述接触的所述特征强度高于所述阈值强度,显示用于禁止满足静音标准的一个或多个后续警报的选项;以及Based on the determination that the characteristic intensity of the contact is higher than the threshold intensity, options are displayed for disabling one or more subsequent alarms that meet the silence criteria; and 根据确定所述接触的所述特征强度低于所述阈值强度,并且根据确定所述接触在所述显示器上对应于应用可供件的位置处,启动与所述警报相关联的所述应用。Based on determining that the characteristic intensity of the contact is lower than the threshold intensity, and based on determining that the contact is located on the display corresponding to an application available element, the application associated with the alarm is activated. 10.根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中所述静音标准基于所述警报的源。10. The method of claim 9, wherein the silence criterion is based on the source of the alarm. 11.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,其中所述显示器是触敏显示器,所述方法进一步包括:11. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein the display is a touch-sensitive display, the method further comprising: 当所述通知被显示时,检测所述触敏显示器上的第二接触;When the notification is displayed, a second contact is detected on the touch-sensitive display; 确定所述第二接触是否满足解除标准;以及Determine whether the second contact meets the release criteria; and 根据确定所述第二接触满足所述解除标准,将所述通知从所述显示器移除。The notification is removed from the display once it is determined that the second contact meets the release criteria. 12.根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中当所述第二接触包括扫掠时,所述第二接触满足所述解除标准。12. The method of claim 11, wherein when the second contact includes sweeping, the second contact satisfies the release criterion. 13.根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中当所述第二接触包括超过阈值距离的所述第二接触的移动时,所述第二接触满足所述解除标准。13. The method of claim 11, wherein the second contact satisfies the release criterion when the second contact includes movement of the second contact exceeding a threshold distance. 14.根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中显示所述通知包括显示在第一方向上将所述通知平移到所述显示器上的动画,并且其中当所述第二接触在与所述第一方向相反的第二方向上包括所述接触的移动时,所述第二接触满足所述解除标准。14. The method of claim 11, wherein displaying the notification includes displaying an animation of translating the notification onto the display in a first direction, and wherein the second contact satisfies the release criterion when the second contact includes movement of the contact in a second direction opposite to the first direction. 15.根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中所述第二接触包括所述第二接触的移动和所述第二接触的释放,所述方法进一步包括:15. The method of claim 11, wherein the second contact includes movement of the second contact and release of the second contact, the method further comprising: 响应于检测到所述第二接触的所述移动:In response to the movement detected by the second contact: 根据所述第二接触的所述移动在所述显示器上滑动所述通知,以及The notification is slid on the display according to the movement of the second contact, and 邻近于所述通知来显示解除指示器;Display the release indicator adjacent to the notification; 根据确定所述第二接触满足所述解除标准并且响应于检测到所述第二接触的所述释放,从所述显示器移除所述解除指示器和所述通知;以及Based on determining that the second contact meets the release criterion and in response to detecting the release of the second contact, the release indicator and the notification are removed from the display; and 根据确定所述第二接触不满足所述解除标准并且响应于检测到所述第二接触的所述释放:Based on determining that the second contact does not meet the release criterion and in response to detecting the release of the second contact: 在所述显示器上显示将所述通知平移回其初始位置的动画,以及An animation is displayed on the monitor showing the notification being panned back to its initial position, and 从所述显示器移除所述解除指示器。Remove the release indicator from the display. 16.根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中移除所述通知包括显示在所述第二方向上将所述通知平移出所述显示器的动画。16. The method of claim 14, wherein removing the notification includes displaying an animation of translating the notification off the display in the second direction. 17.根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中从所述显示器移除所述通知包括对所述显示器去激活。17. The method of claim 11, wherein removing the notification from the display comprises deactivating the display. 18.根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中从所述显示器移除所述通知包括将所述通知的显示替换为主屏幕的显示,其中所述主屏幕包括所述警报未读的指示。18. The method of claim 11, wherein removing the notification from the display comprises replacing the display of the notification with a display of a main screen, wherein the main screen includes an indication that the alert has not been read. 19.根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中从所述显示器移除所述通知包括将所述通知的显示替换为钟面的显示,其中所述钟面包括所述警报未读的指示。19. The method of claim 11, wherein removing the notification from the display comprises replacing the display of the notification with a clock face display, wherein the clock face includes an indication that the alarm has not been read. 20.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,进一步包括:20. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, further comprising: 确定在显示所述通知后的第二预定时间间隔内是否已经检测到第二用户输入;Determine whether a second user input has been detected within a second predetermined time interval after the notification is displayed; 根据确定在所述第二预定时间间隔内已经检测到所述第二用户输入,从所述显示器移除所述通知;以及Based on the determination that the second user input has been detected within the second predetermined time interval, the notification is removed from the display; and 根据确定在所述第二预定时间间隔内尚未检测到所述第二用户输入,显示所述信息的第二部分,其中所述第二部分与所述第一部分不同。If it is determined that the second user input has not been detected within the second predetermined time interval, a second portion of the information is displayed, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion. 21.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,进一步包括:21. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, further comprising: 确定在显示所述通知后的第二预定时间间隔后是否继续检测到所述用户输入;Determine whether to continue detecting the user input after a second predetermined time interval following the display of the notification; 根据确定在所述第二预定时间间隔后继续检测到所述用户输入,显示所述信息的第二部分,其中所述第二部分与所述第一部分不同;以及Based on the determination that the user input continues to be detected after the second predetermined time interval, a second portion of the information is displayed, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion; and 根据确定在所述第二预定时间间隔后没有继续检测到所述用户输入,从所述显示器移除所述通知。The notification is removed from the display if no further user input is detected after the second predetermined time interval. 22.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,进一步包括:22. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, further comprising: 当显示所述通知时,检测所述显示器上的第三接触;以及When the notification is displayed, a third contact on the display is detected; and 响应于检测到所述第三接触,显示所述信息的第二部分,其中所述第二部分与所述第一部分不同。In response to the detection of the third contact, a second portion of the information is displayed, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion. 23.根据权利要求21所述的方法,其中所述第二部分邻近于所述通知而被显示。23. The method of claim 21, wherein the second portion is displayed adjacent to the notification. 24.根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中所述第三接触是在第一方向上的扫掠,并且其中显示所述信息的所述第二部分包括在所述第一方向上将所述信息的所述第二部分滑动到主屏幕上。24. The method of claim 22, wherein the third contact is a sweep in a first direction, and wherein displaying the second portion of the information includes sliding the second portion of the information onto the main screen in the first direction. 25.根据权利要求20所述的方法,其中显示所述信息的所述第二部分进一步包括:25. The method of claim 20, wherein the second portion displaying the information further comprises: 获取配置数据,所述配置数据指示是否将显示所述信息的所述第二部分;以及Obtain configuration data, which indicates whether to display the second part of the information; and 响应于确定所述配置数据指示所述信息的所述第二部分应当被显示,显示所述信息的所述第二部分。In response to determining that the configuration data indicates the second part of the information should be displayed, the second part of the information is displayed. 26.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,进一步包括:26. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, further comprising: 当显示所述通知时,检测应用可供件的选择;以及When the notification is displayed, the selection of available application components is detected; and 响应于检测到第四接触,启动与所述警报相关联的应用。In response to the detection of a fourth contact, the application associated with the alarm is launched. 27.根据权利要求20所述的方法,其中所述警报是电子消息,所述方法进一步包括:27. The method of claim 20, wherein the alarm is an electronic message, the method further comprising: 当所述信息的所述第二部分被显示时,检测所述显示器上的第四接触;以及When the second portion of the information is displayed, a fourth contact on the display is detected; and 响应于检测到所述第四接触,显示消息会话的至少一部分,所述消息会话的所述至少一部分包括向所述电子消息的源发送的以及从所述电子消息的所述源接收到的电子消息。In response to the detection of the fourth contact, at least a portion of a messaging session is displayed, the at least a portion of the messaging session including electronic messages sent to and received from the source of the electronic message. 28.根据权利要求20所述的方法,其中所述警报包括音频内容,并且其中显示所述信息的所述第二部分包括显示用于播放所述音频内容的选项,并且其中所述方法进一步包括:28. The method of claim 20, wherein the alarm comprises audio content, and wherein the second portion of displaying the information comprises displaying options for playing the audio content, and wherein the method further comprises: 检测用于播放所述音频内容的所述选项的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the option used to play the audio content; and 响应于检测到所述选择,播放所述音频内容。In response to the detection of the selection, the audio content is played. 29.根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中所述音频内容是第一音频内容,所述方法进一步包括:29. The method of claim 28, wherein the audio content is first audio content, the method further comprising: 在检测到用于播放所述第一音频内容的所述选项的所述选择后,接收包括第二音频内容的第二警报;以及Upon detecting the selection of the option for playing the first audio content, a second alarm including the second audio content is received; and 响应于接收到所述第二警报,播放所述第二音频内容。In response to receiving the second alarm, the second audio content is played. 30.根据权利要求20所述的方法,所述方法进一步包括:30. The method of claim 20, further comprising: 当显示所述信息的所述第二部分时,检测第三用户输入;以及When the second part of the information is displayed, third user input is detected; and 响应于检测到所述第三用户输入,根据所述第三用户输入滚动所述信息的所述第二部分。In response to the detection of the third user input, the second part of the information is scrolled according to the third user input. 31.根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中所述第三用户输入是所述显示器上的扫掠。31. The method of claim 30, wherein the third user input is a sweep on the display. 32.根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中所述设备包括可旋转输入机制,并且其中所述第三用户输入是所述可旋转输入机制的旋转。32. The method of claim 30, wherein the device includes a rotatable input mechanism, and wherein the third user input is a rotation of the rotatable input mechanism. 33.根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中所述第三用户输入与向下的方向相关联,所述方法进一步包括:33. The method of claim 30, wherein the third user input is associated with a downward direction, the method further comprising: 确定所述信息的开始是否被显示;以及Determine whether the start of the information is displayed; and 根据确定所述信息的所述开始被显示并且响应于检测到所述第三用户输入,从所述显示器移除所述信息的所述第二部分。The second portion of the information is removed from the display in response to the detection of the third user input, based on the determination that the information has begun to be displayed. 34.根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中所述第三用户输入与向上的方向相关联,所述方法进一步包括:34. The method of claim 30, wherein the third user input is associated with an upward direction, the method further comprising: 确定所述信息的结尾是否被显示;以及Determine whether the end of the information is displayed; and 根据确定所述信息的所述结尾被显示并且响应于检测到所述第三用户输入,在所述显示器上显示第一多个用户界面对象,其中所述用户界面对象与对应于与所述警报相关联的应用的动作相关联。Based on the determination that the end of the information is displayed and in response to the detection of the third user input, a first plurality of user interface objects are displayed on the display, wherein the user interface objects are associated with actions corresponding to the application associated with the alarm. 35.根据权利要求34所述的方法,其中随着所述信息在所述显示器上被向上滚动,所述第一多个用户界面对象被向上滚动到所述显示器上所述信息的所述结尾以下。35. The method of claim 34, wherein as the information is scrolled up on the display, the first plurality of user interface objects are scrolled up below the end of the information on the display. 36.根据权利要求33所述的方法,其中从所述显示器移除所述信息的所述第二部分包括将所述通知的所述第二部分的显示替换为包括时间指示的主屏幕的显示,其中所述主屏幕被显示为没有所述警报未读的指示。36. The method of claim 33, wherein removing the second portion of the information from the display comprises replacing the display of the second portion of the notification with a display of a main screen including a time indication, wherein the main screen is displayed without an indication that the alarm has not been read. 37.根据权利要求33所述的方法,其中移除所述信息的所述第二部分包括在第二方向上将所述信息的所述第二部分滑动出所述显示器。37. The method of claim 33, wherein removing the second portion of the information comprises sliding the second portion of the information off the display in a second direction. 38.根据权利要求20所述的方法,其中所述显示器是触敏显示器并且所述设备被配置为检测所述触敏显示器上的接触的强度,所述方法进一步包括:38. The method of claim 20, wherein the display is a touch-sensitive display and the device is configured to detect the intensity of a touch on the touch-sensitive display, the method further comprising: 检测所述显示器上的第五接触;Detect the fifth contact on the display; 确定所述第五接触的特征强度是否高于阈值强度;Determine whether the characteristic intensity of the fifth contact is higher than the threshold intensity; 根据确定所述第五接触的所述特征强度高于所述阈值强度,显示第一多个用户界面对象,其中所述用户界面对象与对应于与所述警报相关联的应用的动作相关联;以及Based on the determination that the feature intensity of the fifth contact is higher than the threshold intensity, a first plurality of user interface objects are displayed, wherein the user interface objects are associated with actions corresponding to applications associated with the alarm; and 根据确定所述第五接触的所述特征强度低于所述阈值强度,启动与所述警报相关联的应用。If the intensity of the feature of the fifth contact is determined to be lower than the threshold intensity, the application associated with the alarm is activated. 39.根据权利要求34所述的方法,进一步包括:39. The method of claim 34, further comprising: 检测所述第一多个用户界面对象中的第一用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of a first user interface object among the first plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第一用户界面对象的所述选择,向外部电子设备发送数据以使得所述外部电子设备启动与所述警报相关联的所述应用。In response to detecting the selection by the first user interface object, data is sent to an external electronic device to cause the external electronic device to launch the application associated with the alarm. 40.根据权利要求20所述的方法,进一步包括:40. The method of claim 20, further comprising: 当所述信息的所述第二部分被显示时,确定在第三预定时间间隔内是否已经接收到用户输入;以及When the second part of the information is displayed, determine whether user input has been received within a third predetermined time interval; and 根据确定在所述第三预定时间间隔内尚未接收到用户输入,对所述显示器去激活。The display is deactivated if it is determined that no user input has been received within the third predetermined time interval. 41.根据权利要求20所述的方法,其中所述通知邻近于所述信息的所述第二部分而被显示,并且其中所述通知包括应用可供件,所述方法进一步包括:41. The method of claim 20, wherein the notification is displayed adjacent to the second portion of the information, and wherein the notification includes application-available elements, the method further comprising: 当所述信息的所述第二部分被显示时,检测所述应用可供件的选择;以及When the second portion of the information is displayed, the selection of the available application components is detected; and 响应于检测到所述应用可供件的所述选择,显示第二多个用户界面对象。In response to the detection of the selection of the application available, a second plurality of user interface objects are displayed. 42.根据权利要求41所述的方法,进一步包括:42. The method of claim 41, further comprising: 检测所述第二多个用户界面对象中的第一用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the first user interface object among the second plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第一用户界面对象的所述选择,显示第三多个用户界面对象。In response to detecting the selection of the first user interface object, a third plurality of user interface objects are displayed. 43.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,其中所述电子设备包括硬件按钮,所述方法进一步包括:43. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein the electronic device includes a hardware button, the method further comprising: 检测所述硬件按钮上的输入;以及Detecting input on the hardware button; and 响应于检测到所述硬件按钮上的所述输入,显示第三多个用户界面对象。In response to the detection of the input on the hardware button, a third or more user interface objects are displayed. 44.根据权利要求42所述的方法,进一步包括:44. The method of claim 42, further comprising: 检测所述第三多个用户界面对象中的第一用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the first user interface object among the third plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第三多个用户界面对象中的所述第一用户界面对象的所述选择,显示用于选择预定响应消息的用户界面。In response to detecting the selection of the first user interface object among the third plurality of user interface objects, a user interface for selecting a predetermined response message is displayed. 45.根据权利要求44所述的方法,进一步包括:45. The method of claim 44, further comprising: 检测第一预定响应消息的选择;以及The selection of the first pre-defined response message; and 响应于检测到所述第一预定响应消息的所述选择,向所述警报的源发送所述第一预定响应消息。In response to the detection of the selection of the first predetermined response message, the first predetermined response message is sent to the source of the alarm. 46.根据权利要求45所述的方法,其中向所述警报的所述源发送所述第一预定响应消息包括:46. The method of claim 45, wherein sending the first predetermined response message to the source of the alarm comprises: 显示确认可供件;The system confirms that the item is available. 检测所述确认可供件的选择;以及The selection of the confirmed available component is detected; and 响应于检测到所述确认可供件的所述选择,向所述警报的所述源发送所述第一预定响应消息。In response to detecting the selection of the confirmed availability, the first predetermined response message is sent to the source of the alarm. 47.根据权利要求45所述的方法,进一步包括:47. The method of claim 45, further comprising: 在向所述源发送所述第一预定响应消息后,After sending the first predetermined response message to the source 在所述显示器上显示消息已发送确认屏幕;以及A confirmation screen indicating that a message has been sent is displayed on the monitor; and 将所述消息已发送确认屏幕的显示替换为主屏幕的显示,其中所述主屏幕被显示为没有所述警报未读的指示。The display of the message sent confirmation screen is replaced with the display of the main screen, wherein the main screen is displayed without an indication that the alarm has not been read. 48.根据权利要求42所述的方法,进一步包括:48. The method of claim 42, further comprising: 检测所述第三多个用户界面对象中的第二用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the second user interface object among the third plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第三多个用户界面对象中的所述第二用户界面对象的所述选择,显示用于选择表情符号图标的用户界面。In response to detecting the selection of the second user interface object among the third plurality of user interface objects, a user interface for selecting an emoji icon is displayed. 49.根据权利要求48所述的方法,进一步包括:49. The method of claim 48, further comprising: 检测第一表情符号图标的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the first emoji icon; and 响应于检测到所述第一表情符号图标的所述选择,向所述警报的源发送所述第一表情符号图标。In response to the detection of the selection of the first emoji icon, the first emoji icon is sent to the source of the alert. 50.根据权利要求49所述的方法,其中向所述警报的所述源发送所述表情符号图标包括:50. The method of claim 49, wherein sending the emoji icon to the source of the alert comprises: 显示确认可供件;The system confirms that the item is available. 检测所述确认可供件的选择;以及The selection of the confirmed available component is detected; and 响应于检测到所述确认可供件的所述选择,向所述警报的所述源发送所述表情符号图标。In response to detecting the selection of the confirmed availability, the emoji icon is sent to the source of the alert. 51.根据权利要求41所述的方法,进一步包括:51. The method of claim 41, further comprising: 检测所述第二多个用户界面对象中的第二用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the second user interface object among the second plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第二多个用户界面对象中的所述第二用户界面对象的所述选择:In response to detecting the selection of the second user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects: 确定所述信息的所述第二部分是否被显示;Determine whether the second part of the information is displayed; 根据确定所述信息的所述第二部分被显示,显示主屏幕,其中所述主屏幕被显示为没有所述警报未读的指示;以及Based on the second portion of the information being determined, a main screen is displayed, wherein the main screen is displayed with no indication that the alarm has not been read; and 根据确定所述信息的所述第二部分未被显示,显示所述主屏幕,其中所述主屏幕包括所述警报未读的指示。If the second part of the information is determined not to be displayed, the main screen is displayed, wherein the main screen includes an indication that the alarm has not been read. 52.根据权利要求41所述的方法,进一步包括:52. The method of claim 41, further comprising: 检测所述第二多个用户界面对象中的第二用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the second user interface object among the second plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第二多个用户界面对象中的所述第二用户界面对象的所述选择:In response to detecting the selection of the second user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects: 确定所述信息的所述第二部分是否被显示;Determine whether the second part of the information is displayed; 根据确定所述信息的所述第二部分被显示,显示钟面,其中所述钟面被显示为没有所述警报未读的指示;以及The second portion of the information is displayed, and a clock face is displayed, wherein the clock face is displayed as if there is no indication that the alarm has not been read; and 根据确定所述信息的所述第二部分未被显示,显示所述钟面,其中所述钟面包括所述警报未读的指示。If the second part of the information is determined not to be displayed, the clock face is displayed, wherein the clock face includes an indication that the alarm has not been read. 53.根据权利要求41所述的方法,进一步包括:53. The method of claim 41, further comprising: 检测所述第二多个用户界面对象中的第三用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of a third user interface object among the second plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第二多个用户界面对象中的所述第三用户界面对象的所述选择:In response to detecting the selection of the third user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects: 在所述显示器上显示虚拟键盘。A virtual keyboard is displayed on the monitor. 54.根据权利要求41所述的方法,其中所述设备包括麦克风,所述方法进一步包括:54. The method of claim 41, wherein the device includes a microphone, and the method further comprises: 检测所述第二多个用户界面对象中的第四用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the fourth user interface object among the second plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第二多个用户界面对象中的所述第四用户界面对象的所述选择:In response to detecting the selection of the fourth user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects: 记录来自所述麦克风的音频输入,以及Record audio input from the microphone, and 向所述警报的源发送对应于记录的所述音频输入的数据。Send data corresponding to the recorded audio input to the source of the alarm. 55.根据权利要求54所述的方法,其中发送对应于记录的所述音频输入的数据包括:55. The method of claim 54, wherein sending data corresponding to the recorded audio input comprises: 在所述显示器上显示记录的所述音频输入的指示和发送可供件;The recorded audio input is displayed on the monitor, along with instructions and transmission options. 检测所述发送可供件的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the transmitable component; and 响应于检测到所述发送可供件的所述选择,向所述警报的所述源发送对应于记录的所述音频输入的所述数据。In response to detecting the selection of the sender, the data corresponding to the recorded audio input is sent to the source of the alarm. 56.根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中所述电子设备包括可旋转及可按下输入机制,所述方法进一步包括:56. The method of claim 7, wherein the electronic device includes a rotatable and pressable input mechanism, the method further comprising: 在启动所述应用后,检测所述可旋转及可按下输入机制的按下;以及After the application is launched, the press of the rotatable and pressable input mechanism is detected; and 响应于检测到所述按下,在所述显示器上显示主屏幕。In response to the detection of the press, the main screen is displayed on the display. 57.根据权利要求56所述的方法,其中所述可旋转及可按下输入机制是可旋转的机械按钮,并且其中所述按下表示所述机械按钮上的按压。57. The method of claim 56, wherein the rotatable and pressable input mechanism is a rotatable mechanical button, and wherein the pressing refers to pressing on the mechanical button. 58.根据权利要求57所述的方法,其中所述可旋转及可按下输入机制是可旋转的电容式按钮,并且其中所述按下表示所述电容式按钮上的触摸。58. The method of claim 57, wherein the rotatable and pressable input mechanism is a rotatable capacitive button, and wherein the pressing represents a touch on the capacitive button. 59.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,其中所述通知是第一通知,所述方法进一步包括:59. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein the notification is a first notification, the method further comprising: 当所述第一通知被显示时,接收包括第二信息的第二警报;以及When the first notification is displayed, a second alarm is received, including the second information; and 响应于接收到所述第二警报,将所述第一通知的显示替换为第二通知的显示,其中所述第二通知包括所述第二信息的第一部分。In response to receiving the second alarm, the display of the first notification is replaced by the display of the second notification, wherein the second notification includes a first portion of the second information. 60.根据权利要求59所述的方法,进一步包括:60. The method of claim 59, further comprising: 响应于接收到所述第二警报,发出第二感知输出。In response to receiving the second alarm, a second sensing output is issued. 61.根据权利要求59所述的方法,进一步包括:61. The method of claim 59, further comprising: 检测对于解除所述第二通知的请求;The test is conducted in response to the request to release the second notification; 响应于检测到所述请求:In response to the detection of the request: 解除所述第二通知,以及Release the second notification, and 重新显示所述第一通知。Redisplay the first notification. 62.根据权利要求59所述的方法,进一步包括:62. The method of claim 59, further comprising: 检测对于解除所述第二通知的请求;The test is conducted in response to the request to release the second notification; 响应于检测到所述请求:In response to the detection of the request: 解除所述第二通知,以及Release the second notification, and 显示主屏幕,其中所述主屏幕包括第一警报和所述第二警报未读的指示。Display the main screen, which includes a first alarm and an indication that the second alarm has not been read. 63.根据权利要求59所述的方法,进一步包括:63. The method of claim 59, further comprising: 检测对于解除所述第二通知的请求;The test is conducted in response to the request to release the second notification; 响应于检测到所述请求:In response to the detection of the request: 解除所述第二通知,以及Release the second notification, and 显示钟面,其中所述钟面包括第一警报和所述第二警报未读的指示。Display clock face, wherein the clock face includes indications of a first alarm and a second alarm not read. 64.根据权利要求20所述的方法,所述方法进一步包括:64. The method of claim 20, further comprising: 当显示所述信息的所述第二部分时,接收包括第二信息的第二警报;以及When the second part of the information is displayed, a second alarm including the second information is received; and 响应于接收到所述第二警报,将所述信息的所述第二部分的显示替换为第二通知的显示,其中所述第二通知包括所述第二信息的第一部分。In response to receiving the second alarm, the display of the second portion of the information is replaced with the display of a second notification, wherein the second notification includes the first portion of the second information. 65.根据权利要求20所述的方法,其中所述警报是从源接收到的第一警报,所述方法进一步包括:65. The method of claim 20, wherein the alarm is a first alarm received from a source, the method further comprising: 当显示所述信息的所述第二部分时,从所述源接收第二警报;以及When the second part of the information is displayed, a second alarm is received from the source; and 响应于接收到所述第二警报,显示表示所述第一警报和所述第二警报的分组的通知。In response to receiving the second alarm, a notification representing the grouping of the first alarm and the second alarm is displayed. 66.根据权利要求65所述的方法,其中所述第一警报和所述第二警报与相同应用相关联。66. The method of claim 65, wherein the first alarm and the second alarm are associated with the same application. 67.根据权利要求66所述的方法,进一步包括:67. The method of claim 66, further comprising: 检测所述分组的通知上的第六接触;以及The sixth contact on the notification of the group is detected; and 响应于检测到所述第六接触,显示从所述源接收到的警报的列表,其中所述警报的列表与相同应用相关联。In response to the detection of the sixth contact, a list of alerts received from the source is displayed, wherein the list of alerts is associated with the same application. 68.根据权利要求1-2中的任一项所述的方法,其中所述警报是健身警报,所述方法进一步包括:68. The method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein the alarm is a fitness alarm, the method further comprising: 在第二预定时间间隔后,将所述通知的显示替换为表示健身成就的用户界面对象的显示;以及After a second predetermined time interval, the display of the notification will be replaced by the display of a user interface object representing fitness achievements; and 在第三预定时间间隔后,将所述用户界面对象的显示替换为所述信息的第二部分的显示,其中所述第二部分与所述第一部分不同。After a third predetermined time interval, the display of the user interface object is replaced with the display of a second portion of the information, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion. 69.根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中所述警报未读的所述指示包括人字标记的显示。69. The method of claim 3, wherein the indication that the alarm is unread includes the display of a herringbone mark. 70.根据权利要求69所述的方法,其中所述人字标记的所述显示被动画呈现。70. The method of claim 69, wherein the display of the herringbone mark is animated. 71.根据权利要求69所述的方法,其中所述人字标记指向第一方向并且所述显示器是触敏显示器,所述方法进一步包括:71. The method of claim 69, wherein the herringbone mark points in a first direction and the display is a touch-sensitive display, the method further comprising: 响应于检测到所述显示器上的在所述第一方向上的扫掠,在所述显示器上显示所述通知。In response to detecting a sweep in the first direction on the display, the notification is displayed on the display. 72.一种用于有条件地显示通知的电子设备,包括:72. An electronic device for conditionally displaying notifications, comprising: 显示单元;以及Display unit; and 处理单元,所述处理单元被耦合至所述显示单元,所述处理单元被配置为:A processing unit, coupled to the display unit, is configured to: 接收包括信息的警报;Receive alarms including information; 响应于接收到所述警报,使能感知输出;In response to receiving the alarm, enable the sensing output; 检测用户输入;Detect user input; 确定在所述感知输出后的预定时间间隔内是否检测到所述用户输入;以及Determine whether the user input was detected within a predetermined time interval after the perceived output; and 根据确定在所述预定时间间隔内检测到所述用户输入,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示通知,其中所述通知包括所述信息的第一部分,并且其中使得能够显示所述通知包括将所述显示单元从不活跃状态激活。Based on the determination that the user input was detected within the predetermined time interval, a notification is enabled to be displayed on the display unit, wherein the notification includes a first portion of the information, and wherein enabling the display of the notification includes activating the display unit from an inactive state. 73.根据权利要求72所述的电子设备,其中所述电子设备包括触觉机制单元,并且其中使能所述感知输出包括使得所述触觉机制单元发出触觉输出。73. The electronic device of claim 72, wherein the electronic device includes a tactile mechanism unit, and wherein enabling the sensing output includes causing the tactile mechanism unit to emit a tactile output. 74.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:74. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 根据确定在所述感知输出后的所述预定时间间隔后检测到所述用户输入,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示钟面,其中所述钟面包括所述警报未读的指示。Based on the determination that the user input is detected after the predetermined time interval following the perception output, a clock face is displayed on the display unit, wherein the clock face includes an indication that the alarm has not been read. 75.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:75. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 根据确定在所述感知输出后的所述预定时间间隔后检测到所述用户输入,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示主屏幕,其中所述主屏幕包括表示多个应用的多个用户界面对象,所述用户界面对象当被激活时,启动对应的应用,并且其中所述主屏幕包括所述警报未读的指示。Based on the determination that the user input is detected after the predetermined time interval following the perception output, a main screen can be displayed on the display unit, wherein the main screen includes multiple user interface objects representing multiple applications, which launch the corresponding application when activated, and wherein the main screen includes an indication that the alarm has not been read. 76.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中显示所述通知包括将主屏幕在所述显示单元上的显示替换为所述通知的显示。76. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein displaying the notification includes replacing the display of the main screen on the display unit with the display of the notification. 77.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中使得能够显示所述通知包括使得能够显示在第一方向上将所述通知平移到所述显示单元上的动画。77. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein enabling the display of the notification includes enabling the display of an animation that translates the notification onto the display unit in a first direction. 78.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述通知包括用于启动与所述警报相关联的应用的应用可供件,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:78. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the notification includes an application enabler for launching an application associated with the alarm, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测所述应用可供件的选择;以及The selection of available components for the application is detected; and 响应于检测到所述选择,启动与所述警报相关联的所述应用。In response to the detection of the selection, the application associated with the alert is launched. 79.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:79. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 响应于接收到所述警报,确定用户活动水平是否满足活动标准,In response to receiving the alarm, determine whether the user's activity level meets the activity criteria. 其中发出所述感知输出被延迟直到所述用户活动水平满足所述活动标准。The perception output is delayed until the user's activity level meets the activity criteria. 80.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述显示单元是触敏显示单元,其中所述电子设备被配置为检测所述触敏显示单元上的接触的强度,并且其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:80. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the display unit is a touch-sensitive display unit, wherein the electronic device is configured to detect the intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive display unit, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 在所述通知被显示在所述触敏显示单元上时,检测所述触敏显示单元上的接触;When the notification is displayed on the touch-sensitive display unit, a touch on the touch-sensitive display unit is detected; 确定所述接触的特征强度是否高于阈值强度;Determine whether the characteristic intensity of the contact is higher than the threshold intensity; 根据确定所述接触的所述特征强度高于所述阈值强度,使得能够在所述触敏显示单元上显示用于禁止满足静音标准的一个或多个后续警报的选项;以及Based on the determination that the characteristic intensity of the contact is higher than the threshold intensity, an option for disabling one or more subsequent alarms that meet the silence criterion can be displayed on the touch-sensitive display unit; and 根据确定所述接触的所述特征强度低于所述阈值强度,并且根据确定所述接触在所述触敏显示单元上对应于应用可供件的位置处,启动与所述警报相关联的所述应用。Based on determining that the characteristic intensity of the contact is lower than the threshold intensity, and based on determining that the contact is located on the touch-sensitive display unit at a position corresponding to an application available element, the application associated with the alarm is activated. 81.根据权利要求80所述的电子设备,其中所述静音标准基于所述警报的源。81. The electronic device of claim 80, wherein the mute criterion is based on the source of the alarm. 82.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述显示单元是触敏显示单元,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:82. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the display unit is a touch-sensitive display unit, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 当所述通知被显示在所述触敏显示单元上时,检测所述触敏显示单元上的第二接触;When the notification is displayed on the touch-sensitive display unit, a second contact on the touch-sensitive display unit is detected; 确定所述第二接触是否满足解除标准;以及Determine whether the second contact meets the release criteria; and 根据确定所述第二接触满足所述解除标准,使得能够将所述通知从所述触敏显示单元移除。Based on the determination that the second contact meets the release criterion, the notification can be removed from the touch-sensitive display unit. 83.根据权利要求82所述的电子设备,其中当所述第二接触包括扫掠时,所述第二接触满足所述解除标准。83. The electronic device of claim 82, wherein when the second contact includes sweeping, the second contact satisfies the release criterion. 84.根据权利要求82所述的电子设备,其中当所述第二接触包括超过阈值距离的所述第二接触的移动时,所述第二接触满足所述解除标准。84. The electronic device of claim 82, wherein the second contact satisfies the release criterion when the second contact includes movement of the second contact exceeding a threshold distance. 85.根据权利要求82所述的电子设备,其中使得能够显示所述通知包括使得能够显示在第一方向上将所述通知平移到所述显示单元上的动画,并且其中当所述第二接触包括在与所述第一方向相反的第二方向上的所述接触的移动时,所述第二接触满足所述解除标准。85. The electronic device of claim 82, wherein enabling the display of the notification includes enabling the display of an animation that translates the notification onto the display unit in a first direction, and wherein the second contact satisfies the release criterion when the second contact includes movement of the contact in a second direction opposite to the first direction. 86.根据权利要求82所述的电子设备,其中所述第二接触包括所述第二接触的移动和所述第二接触的释放,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:86. The electronic device of claim 82, wherein the second contact includes movement of the second contact and release of the second contact, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 响应于检测到所述第二接触的所述移动:In response to the movement detected by the second contact: 根据所述第二接触的所述移动使得能够在所述显示单元上滑动所述通知,以及The movement of the second contact enables the notification to be swiped on the display unit, and 使得能够在所述显示单元上邻近于所述通知地显示解除指示器;This allows the release indicator to be displayed on the display unit adjacent to the notification; 根据确定所述第二接触满足所述解除标准并且响应于检测到所述第二接触的所述释放,使得能够从所述显示单元移除所述解除指示器和所述通知;以及Based on determining that the second contact meets the release criterion and in response to detecting the release of the second contact, the release indicator and the notification can be removed from the display unit; and 根据确定所述第二接触不满足所述解除标准并且响应于检测到所述第二接触的所述释放:Based on determining that the second contact does not meet the release criterion and in response to detecting the release of the second contact: 使得能够在所述显示单元上显示将所述通知平移回其在所述显示单元上的初始位置的动画,以及This enables the display unit to show an animation that translates the notification back to its initial position on the display unit, and 使得能够从所述显示单元移除所述解除指示器。This allows the release indicator to be removed from the display unit. 87.根据权利要求85所述的电子设备,其中使得能够移除所述通知包括使得能够显示在所述第二方向上将所述通知平移出所述显示单元的动画。87. The electronic device of claim 85, wherein enabling the removal of the notification includes enabling the display to show an animation of translating the notification out of the display unit in the second direction. 88.根据权利要求82所述的电子设备,其中使得能够从所述显示单元移除所述通知包括对所述显示单元去激活。88. The electronic device of claim 82, wherein enabling the removal of the notification from the display unit includes deactivating the display unit. 89.根据权利要求82所述的电子设备,其中使得能够从所述显示单元移除所述通知包括使得能够将所述通知的显示替换为主屏幕的显示,其中所述主屏幕包括所述警报未读的指示。89. The electronic device of claim 82, wherein enabling the removal of the notification from the display unit includes enabling the display of the notification to be replaced by a display of a main screen, wherein the main screen includes an indication that the alarm has not been read. 90.根据权利要求82所述的电子设备,其中使得能够从所述显示单元移除所述通知包括使得能够将所述通知的显示替换为钟面的显示,其中所述钟面包括所述警报未读的指示。90. The electronic device of claim 82, wherein enabling the removal of the notification from the display unit includes enabling the display of the notification to be replaced by a clock face display, wherein the clock face includes an indication that the alarm has not been read. 91.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:91. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 确定在显示所述通知后的第二预定时间间隔内是否已经检测到第二用户输入;Determine whether a second user input has been detected within a second predetermined time interval after the notification is displayed; 根据确定在所述第二预定时间间隔内已经检测到所述第二用户输入,使得能够将所述通知从所述显示单元移除;以及Based on the determination that the second user input has been detected within the second predetermined time interval, the notification can be removed from the display unit; and 根据确定在所述第二预定时间间隔内尚未检测到所述第二用户输入,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示所述信息的第二部分,其中所述第二部分与所述第一部分不同。Based on the determination that the second user input has not been detected within the second predetermined time interval, a second portion of the information, which is different from the first portion, can be displayed on the display unit. 92.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:92. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 确定在显示所述通知后的第二预定时间间隔后是否继续检测到所述用户输入;Determine whether to continue detecting the user input after a second predetermined time interval following the display of the notification; 根据确定在所述第二预定时间间隔后继续检测到所述用户输入,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示所述信息的第二部分,其中所述第二部分与所述第一部分不同;以及Based on the determination that the user input continues to be detected after the second predetermined time interval, a second portion of the information, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion, can be displayed on the display unit; and 根据确定在所述第二预定时间间隔后没有继续检测到所述用户输入,使得能够从所述显示单元移除所述通知。Based on the determination that no further user input is detected after the second predetermined time interval, the notification can be removed from the display unit. 93.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:93. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 当显示所述通知时,检测所述显示单元上的第三接触;以及When the notification is displayed, a third contact on the display unit is detected; and 响应于检测到所述第三接触,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示所述信息的第二部分,其中所述第二部分与所述第一部分不同。In response to the detection of the third contact, a second portion of the information is made available to be displayed on the display unit, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion. 94.根据权利要求92所述的电子设备,其中所述第二部分邻近于所述通知而被显示。94. The electronic device of claim 92, wherein the second portion is displayed adjacent to the notification. 95.根据权利要求93所述的电子设备,其中所述第三接触是在第一方向上的扫掠,并且其中使得能够显示所述信息的所述第二部分包括使得能够在所述第一方向上将所述信息的所述第二部分滑动到所述显示单元上。95. The electronic device of claim 93, wherein the third contact is a sweep in a first direction, and wherein the second portion enabling the display of the information includes enabling the second portion of the information to be slid onto the display unit in the first direction. 96.根据权利要求91所述的电子设备,其中使得能够显示所述信息的所述第二部分进一步包括:96. The electronic device of claim 91, wherein the second portion enabling the display of the information further comprises: 获取配置数据,所述配置数据指示是否将显示所述信息的所述第二部分;以及Obtain configuration data, which indicates whether to display the second part of the information; and 响应于确定所述配置数据指示所述信息的所述第二部分应当被显示,使得能够显示所述信息的所述第二部分。In response to determining that the configuration data indicates that the second part of the information should be displayed, the second part of the information is made possible. 97.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:97. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 当显示所述通知时,检测应用可供件的选择;以及When the notification is displayed, the selection of available application components is detected; and 响应于检测到所述应用可供件的所述选择,启动与所述警报相关联的应用。In response to the detection of the selected application availability, the application associated with the alarm is launched. 98.根据权利要求91所述的电子设备,其中所述警报是电子消息,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:98. The electronic device of claim 91, wherein the alarm is an electronic message, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 当所述信息的所述第二部分被显示在所述显示单元上时,检测所述显示单元上的第四接触;以及When the second portion of the information is displayed on the display unit, a fourth contact on the display unit is detected; and 响应于检测到所述第四接触,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示消息会话的至少一部分,所述消息会话的所述至少一部分包括向所述电子消息的源发送的以及从所述电子消息的所述源接收到的电子消息。In response to the detection of the fourth contact, at least a portion of a message session is made available to be displayed on the display unit, the at least a portion of the message session including electronic messages sent to and received from the source of the electronic message. 99.根据权利要求91所述的电子设备,其中所述警报包括音频内容,并且其中使得能够显示所述信息的所述第二部分包括使得能够显示用于播放所述音频内容的选项,并且其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:99. The electronic device of claim 91, wherein the alarm includes audio content, and wherein the second portion enabling the display of the information includes enabling the display of an option for playing the audio content, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测用于播放所述音频内容的所述选项的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the option used to play the audio content; and 响应于检测到所述选择,使得能够播放所述音频内容。In response to the detection of the selection, the audio content can be played. 100.根据权利要求99所述的电子设备,其中所述音频内容是第一音频内容,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:100. The electronic device of claim 99, wherein the audio content is first audio content, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 在检测到用于播放所述第一音频内容的所述选项的所述选择后,接收包括第二音频内容的第二警报;以及Upon detecting the selection of the option for playing the first audio content, a second alarm including the second audio content is received; and 响应于接收到所述第二警报,使得能够播放所述第二音频内容。In response to receiving the second alarm, the second audio content can be played. 101.根据权利要求91所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:101. The electronic device of claim 91, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 当显示所述信息的所述第二部分时,检测第三用户输入;以及When the second part of the information is displayed, third user input is detected; and 响应于检测到所述第三用户输入,使得能够根据所述第三用户输入在所述显示单元上滚动所述信息的所述第二部分。In response to the detection of the third user input, the second portion of the information can be scrolled on the display unit according to the third user input. 102.根据权利要求101所述的电子设备,其中所述第三用户输入是所述显示单元上的扫掠。102. The electronic device of claim 101, wherein the third user input is a sweep on the display unit. 103.根据权利要求101所述的电子设备,其中所述电子设备进一步包括可旋转输入单元,并且其中所述第三用户输入是所述可旋转输入单元的旋转。103. The electronic device of claim 101, wherein the electronic device further comprises a rotatable input unit, and wherein the third user input is a rotation of the rotatable input unit. 104.根据权利要求101所述的电子设备,其中所述第三用户输入与向下的方向相关联,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:104. The electronic device of claim 101, wherein the third user input is associated with a downward direction, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 确定所述信息的开始是否被显示在所述显示单元上;以及Determine whether the start of the information is displayed on the display unit; and 根据确定所述信息的所述开始被显示并且响应于检测到所述第三用户输入,使得能够从所述显示单元移除所述信息的所述第二部分。Based on the determination that the information is being displayed from the beginning and in response to the detection of the third user input, the second portion of the information can be removed from the display unit. 105.根据权利要求101所述的电子设备,其中所述第三用户输入与向上的方向相关联,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:105. The electronic device of claim 101, wherein the third user input is associated with an upward direction, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 确定所述信息的结尾是否被显示在所述显示单元上;以及Determine whether the end of the information is displayed on the display unit; and 根据确定所述信息的所述结尾被显示并且响应于检测到所述第三用户输入,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示第一多个用户界面对象,其中所述用户界面对象与对应于与所述警报相关联的应用的动作相关联。Based on the determination that the end of the information is displayed and in response to the detection of the third user input, a first plurality of user interface objects are made to be displayed on the display unit, wherein the user interface objects are associated with actions corresponding to applications associated with the alarm. 106.根据权利要求105所述的电子设备,其中随着所述信息在所述显示单元上被向上滚动,所述第一多个用户界面对象被向上滚动到所述显示单元上所述信息的所述结尾以下。106. The electronic device of claim 105, wherein as the information is scrolled upward on the display unit, the first plurality of user interface objects are scrolled upward below the end of the information on the display unit. 107.根据权利要求104所述的电子设备,其中使得能够从所述显示单元移除所述信息的所述第二部分包括使得能够将所述通知的所述第二部分在所述显示单元上的显示替换为包括时间指示的主屏幕的显示,其中所述主屏幕被显示为没有所述警报未读的指示。107. The electronic device of claim 104, wherein the second portion enabling removal of the information from the display unit includes enabling the display of the second portion of the notification on the display unit to be replaced by a display of a main screen including a time indication, wherein the main screen is displayed as having no indication that the alarm has not been read. 108.根据权利要求104所述的电子设备,其中使得能够移除所述信息的所述第二部分包括在第二方向上将所述信息的所述第二部分滑动出所述显示器。108. The electronic device of claim 104, wherein enabling the removal of the second portion of the information comprises sliding the second portion of the information out of the display in a second direction. 109.根据权利要求91所述的电子设备,其中所述显示单元是触敏显示单元,并且其中所述电子设备被配置为检测所述触敏显示单元上的接触的强度,并且其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:109. The electronic device of claim 91, wherein the display unit is a touch-sensitive display unit, and wherein the electronic device is configured to detect the intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive display unit, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测所述触敏显示单元上的第五接触;Detect the fifth contact on the touch-sensitive display unit; 确定所述第五接触的特征强度是否高于阈值强度;Determine whether the characteristic intensity of the fifth contact is higher than the threshold intensity; 根据确定所述第五接触的所述特征强度高于所述阈值强度,使得能够在所述触敏显示单元上显示第一多个用户界面对象,其中所述用户界面对象与对应于与所述警报相关联的应用的动作相关联;以及Based on the determination that the characteristic intensity of the fifth contact is higher than the threshold intensity, a first plurality of user interface objects can be displayed on the touch-sensitive display unit, wherein the user interface objects are associated with actions corresponding to applications associated with the alarm; and 根据确定所述第五接触的所述特征强度低于所述阈值强度,启动与所述警报相关联的应用。If the intensity of the feature of the fifth contact is determined to be lower than the threshold intensity, the application associated with the alarm is activated. 110.根据权利要求105所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:110. The electronic device of claim 105, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测所述第一多个用户界面对象中的第一用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of a first user interface object among the first plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第一用户界面对象的所述选择,使得能够向外部电子设备发送数据,以使得所述外部电子设备启动与所述警报相关联的所述应用。In response to detecting the selection of the first user interface object, data can be sent to an external electronic device to cause the external electronic device to launch the application associated with the alarm. 111.根据权利要求91所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:111. The electronic device of claim 91, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 当所述信息的所述第二部分被显示在所述显示单元上时,确定在第三预定时间间隔内是否已经接收到用户输入;以及When the second portion of the information is displayed on the display unit, it is determined whether user input has been received within a third predetermined time interval; and 根据确定在所述第三预定时间间隔内尚未接收到用户输入,对所述显示单元去激活。The display unit is deactivated if it is determined that no user input has been received within the third predetermined time interval. 112.根据权利要求91所述的电子设备,其中所述通知邻近于所述信息的所述第二部分而被显示,并且其中所述通知包括应用可供件,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:112. The electronic device of claim 91, wherein the notification is displayed adjacent to the second portion of the information, and wherein the notification includes application-available elements, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 当所述信息的所述第二部分被显示在所述显示单元上时,检测所述应用可供件的选择;以及When the second portion of the information is displayed on the display unit, the selection of the available application is detected; and 响应于检测到所述应用可供件的所述选择,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示第二多个用户界面对象。In response to detecting the selection of the application available, a second plurality of user interface objects are made to be displayed on the display unit. 113.根据权利要求112所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:113. The electronic device of claim 112, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测所述第二多个用户界面对象中的第一用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the first user interface object among the second plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第一用户界面对象的所述选择,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示第三多个用户界面对象。In response to detecting the selection of the first user interface object, a third plurality of user interface objects are made to be displayed on the display unit. 114.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述电子设备包括按钮单元,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:114. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the electronic device includes a button unit, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测所述按钮单元上的输入;以及Detecting input on the button unit; and 响应于检测到所述按钮单元上的所述输入,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示第三多个用户界面对象。In response to detecting the input on the button unit, a third or more user interface objects can be displayed on the display unit. 115.根据权利要求113所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:115. The electronic device of claim 113, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测所述第三多个用户界面对象中的第一用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the first user interface object among the third plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第三多个用户界面对象中的所述第一用户界面对象的所述选择,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示用于选择预定响应消息的用户界面。In response to detecting the selection of the first user interface object among the third plurality of user interface objects, a user interface for selecting a predetermined response message is displayed on the display unit. 116.根据权利要求115所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:116. The electronic device of claim 115, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测第一预定响应消息的选择;以及The selection of the first pre-defined response message; and 响应于检测到所述第一预定响应消息的所述选择,使得能够向所述警报的源发送所述第一预定响应消息。In response to the selection of detecting the first predetermined response message, the first predetermined response message is enabled to be sent to the source of the alarm. 117.根据权利要求116所述的电子设备,其中使得能够向所述警报的所述源发送所述第一预定响应消息包括:117. The electronic device of claim 116, wherein enabling the sending of the first predetermined response message to the source of the alarm comprises: 使得能够在所述显示单元上显示确认可供件;This enables the display unit to show confirmation of availability; 检测所述确认可供件的选择;以及The selection of the confirmed available component is detected; and 响应于检测到所述确认可供件的所述选择,使得能够向所述警报的所述源发送所述第一预定响应消息。In response to the detection of the selection of the confirmed availability, the first predetermined response message is sent to the source of the alarm. 118.根据权利要求116所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:118. The electronic device of claim 116, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 在向所述源发送所述第一预定响应消息后,After sending the first predetermined response message to the source 使得能够在所述显示单元上显示消息已发送确认屏幕;以及This enables the display unit to show a message confirmation screen; and 使得能够将所述消息已发送确认屏幕在所述显示单元上的显示替换为主屏幕的显示,其中所述主屏幕被显示为没有所述警报未读的指示。This enables the display of the message sent confirmation screen on the display unit to replace the display of the main screen, wherein the main screen is displayed without an indication that the alarm has not been read. 119.根据权利要求113所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:119. The electronic device of claim 113, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测所述第三多个用户界面对象中的第二用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the second user interface object among the third plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第三多个用户界面对象中的所述第二用户界面对象的所述选择,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示用于选择表情符号图标的用户界面。In response to detecting the selection of the second user interface object among the third plurality of user interface objects, a user interface for selecting an emoji icon is displayed on the display unit. 120.根据权利要求119所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:120. The electronic device of claim 119, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测第一表情符号图标的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the first emoji icon; and 响应于检测到所述第一表情符号图标的所述选择,使得能够向所述警报的源发送所述第一表情符号图标。In response to the detection of the selection of the first emoji icon, the first emoji icon is enabled to be sent to the source of the alert. 121.根据权利要求120所述的电子设备,其中使得能够向所述警报的所述源发送所述表情符号图标包括:121. The electronic device of claim 120, wherein enabling the sending of the emoji icon to the source of the alarm comprises: 使得能够在所述显示单元上显示确认可供件;This enables the display unit to show confirmation of availability; 检测所述确认可供件的选择;以及The selection of the confirmed available component is detected; and 响应于检测到所述确认可供件的所述选择,使得能够向所述警报的所述源发送所述表情符号图标。In response to the detection of the selection of the confirmed availability, the emoji icon is sent to the source of the alarm. 122.根据权利要求112所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:122. The electronic device of claim 112, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测所述第二多个用户界面对象中的第二用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the second user interface object among the second plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第二多个用户界面对象中的所述第二用户界面对象的所述选择:In response to detecting the selection of the second user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects: 确定所述信息的所述第二部分是否被显示在所述显示单元上;Determine whether the second part of the information is displayed on the display unit; 根据确定所述信息的所述第二部分被显示在所述显示单元上,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示主屏幕,其中所述主屏幕被显示为没有所述警报未读的指示;以及The second portion of the determined information is displayed on the display unit, enabling the display of a main screen on the display unit, wherein the main screen is displayed as an indication that no alarm has been read; and 根据确定所述信息的所述第二部分未被显示在所述显示单元上,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示所述主屏幕,其中所述主屏幕包括所述警报未读的指示。Based on the determination that the second portion of the information is not displayed on the display unit, the main screen can be displayed on the display unit, wherein the main screen includes an indication that the alarm has not been read. 123.根据权利要求112所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:123. The electronic device of claim 112, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测所述第二多个用户界面对象中的第二用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the second user interface object among the second plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第二多个用户界面对象中的所述第二用户界面对象的所述选择:In response to detecting the selection of the second user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects: 确定所述信息的所述第二部分是否被显示在所述显示单元上;Determine whether the second part of the information is displayed on the display unit; 根据确定所述信息的所述第二部分被显示在所述显示单元上,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示钟面,其中所述钟面被显示为没有所述警报未读的指示;以及The second portion of the determined information is displayed on the display unit, enabling a clock face to be displayed on the display unit, wherein the clock face is displayed as an indication that the alarm has not been read; and 根据确定所述信息的所述第二部分未被显示在所述显示单元上,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示所述钟面,其中所述钟面包括所述警报未读的指示。Based on the determination that the second part of the information is not displayed on the display unit, it is possible to display the clock face on the display unit, wherein the clock face includes an indication that the alarm has not been read. 124.根据权利要求112所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:124. The electronic device of claim 112, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测所述第二多个用户界面对象中的第三用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of a third user interface object among the second plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第二多个用户界面对象中的所述第三用户界面对象的所述选择,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示虚拟键盘。In response to detecting the selection of the third user interface object among the second plurality of user interface objects, a virtual keyboard is enabled to be displayed on the display unit. 125.根据权利要求112所述的电子设备,其中所述电子设备还包括麦克风单元,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:125. The electronic device of claim 112, wherein the electronic device further comprises a microphone unit, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测所述第二多个用户界面对象中的第四用户界面对象的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the fourth user interface object among the second plurality of user interface objects; and 响应于检测到所述第二多个用户界面对象中的所述第四用户界面对象的所述选择:In response to detecting the selection of the fourth user interface object in the second plurality of user interface objects: 使得能够记录来自所述麦克风单元的音频输入,以及This enables the recording of audio input from the microphone unit, and 使得能够向所述警报的源发送对应于记录的所述音频输入的数据。This enables the sending of data corresponding to the recorded audio input to the source of the alarm. 126.根据权利要求125所述的电子设备,其中使得能够发送对应于记录的所述音频输入的所述数据包括:126. The electronic device of claim 125, wherein enabling the transmission of the data corresponding to the recorded audio input comprises: 使得能够在所述显示单元上显示记录的所述音频输入的指示和发送可供件;This enables the display unit to show the recorded audio input indication and transmission availability; 检测所述发送可供件的选择;以及Detecting the selection of the transmitable component; and 响应于检测到所述发送可供件的所述选择,使得能够向所述警报的所述源发送对应于记录的所述音频输入的所述数据。In response to detecting the selection of the transmission available element, it becomes possible to send the data corresponding to the recorded audio input to the source of the alarm. 127.根据权利要求78所述的电子设备,其中所述电子设备进一步包括可旋转及可按下输入单元,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:127. The electronic device of claim 78, wherein the electronic device further includes a rotatable and pressable input unit, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 在启动所述应用后,检测所述可旋转及可按下输入单元的按下;以及After the application is launched, the pressing of the rotatable and pressable input unit is detected; and 响应于检测到所述按下,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示主屏幕。In response to the detection of the press, the main screen can be displayed on the display unit. 128.根据权利要求127所述的电子设备,其中所述可旋转及可按下输入单元包括可旋转的机械按钮,并且其中所述按下表示所述机械按钮上的按压。128. The electronic device of claim 127, wherein the rotatable and pressable input unit comprises a rotatable mechanical button, and wherein the pressing refers to a press on the mechanical button. 129.根据权利要求128所述的电子设备,其中所述可旋转及可按下输入单元包括可旋转的电容式按钮,并且其中所述按下表示所述电容式按钮上的触摸。129. The electronic device of claim 128, wherein the rotatable and pressable input unit comprises a rotatable capacitive button, and wherein the pressing represents a touch on the capacitive button. 130.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述通知是第一通知,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:130. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the notification is a first notification, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 当所述第一通知被显示在所述显示单元上时,接收包括第二信息的第二警报;以及When the first notification is displayed on the display unit, a second alarm including second information is received; and 响应于接收到所述第二警报,使得能够将所述第一通知的显示替换为第二通知在所述显示单元上的显示,其中所述第二通知包括所述第二信息的第一部分。In response to receiving the second alarm, the display of the first notification can be replaced by the display of a second notification on the display unit, wherein the second notification includes a first portion of the second information. 131.根据权利要求130所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:131. The electronic device of claim 130, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 响应于接收到所述第二警报,使能第二感知输出。In response to receiving the second alarm, enable the second sensing output. 132.根据权利要求130所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:132. The electronic device of claim 130, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测对于解除所述第二通知的请求;The test is conducted in response to the request to release the second notification; 响应于检测到所述请求:In response to the detection of the request: 使得能够从所述显示单元解除所述第二通知,以及This enables the second notification to be deactivated from the display unit, and 使得能够在所述显示单元上重新显示所述第一通知。This enables the first notification to be redisplayed on the display unit. 133.根据权利要求130所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:133. The electronic device of claim 130, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测对于解除所述第二通知的请求;The test is conducted in response to the request to release the second notification; 响应于检测到所述请求:In response to the detection of the request: 使得能够从所述显示单元解除所述第二通知,以及This enables the second notification to be deactivated from the display unit, and 使得能够在所述显示单元上显示主屏幕,其中所述主屏幕包括第一警报和所述第二警报未读的指示。This enables the display of a main screen on the display unit, wherein the main screen includes indications that a first alarm and a second alarm have not been read. 134.根据权利要求130所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:134. The electronic device of claim 130, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测对于解除所述第二通知的请求;The test is conducted in response to the request to release the second notification; 响应于检测到所述请求:In response to the detection of the request: 使得能够从所述显示单元解除所述第二通知;以及This enables the second notification to be deactivated from the display unit; and 使得能够在所述显示单元上显示钟面,其中所述钟面包括第一警报和所述第二警报未读的指示。This enables the display unit to display a clock face, wherein the clock face includes indications of a first alarm and a second alarm not being read. 135.根据权利要求91所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:135. The electronic device of claim 91, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 当在所述显示单元上显示所述信息的所述第二部分时,接收包括第二信息的第二警报;以及When the second portion of the information is displayed on the display unit, a second alarm including the second information is received; and 响应于接收到所述第二警报,使得能够将所述信息的所述第二部分的显示替换为第二通知在所述显示单元上的显示,其中所述第二通知包括所述第二信息的第一部分。In response to receiving the second alarm, the display of the second portion of the information is replaced with the display of a second notification on the display unit, wherein the second notification includes the first portion of the second information. 136.根据权利要求91所述的电子设备,其中所述警报是从源接收到的第一警报,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:136. The electronic device of claim 91, wherein the alarm is a first alarm received from a source, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 当在所述显示单元上显示所述信息的所述第二部分时,从所述源接收第二警报;以及When the second portion of the information is displayed on the display unit, a second alarm is received from the source; and 响应于接收到所述第二警报,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示表示所述第一警报和所述第二警报的分组的通知。In response to receiving the second alarm, a notification representing a group of the first alarm and the second alarm can be displayed on the display unit. 137.根据权利要求136所述的电子设备,其中所述第一警报和所述第二警报与相同应用相关联。137. The electronic device of claim 136, wherein the first alarm and the second alarm are associated with the same application. 138.根据权利要求137所述的电子设备,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:138. The electronic device of claim 137, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 检测所述分组的通知上的第六接触;以及The sixth contact on the notification of the group is detected; and 响应于检测到所述第六接触,使得能够在所述显示单元上显示从所述源接收到的警报的列表,其中所述警报的列表与相同应用相关联。In response to the detection of the sixth contact, a list of alarms received from the source can be displayed on the display unit, wherein the list of alarms is associated with the same application. 139.根据权利要求72-73中的任一项所述的电子设备,其中所述警报是健身警报,其中所述处理单元被进一步配置为:139. The electronic device according to any one of claims 72-73, wherein the alarm is a fitness alarm, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to: 在第二预定时间间隔后,使得能够将所述通知在所述显示单元上的显示替换为表示健身成就的用户界面对象的显示;以及After a second predetermined time interval, it becomes possible to replace the display of the notification on the display unit with the display of a user interface object representing fitness achievements; and 在第三预定时间间隔后,使得能够将所述用户界面对象在所述显示单元上的显示替换为所述信息的第二部分的显示,其中所述第二部分与所述第一部分不同。After a third predetermined time interval, it becomes possible to replace the display of the user interface object on the display unit with the display of a second portion of the information, wherein the second portion is different from the first portion. 140.根据权利要求74所述的电子设备,其中所述警报未读的所述指示包括人字标记的显示。140. The electronic device of claim 74, wherein the indication that the alarm is unread includes a display of a herringbone mark. 141.根据权利要求140所述的电子设备,其中所述人字标记的所述显示被动画呈现。141. The electronic device of claim 140, wherein the display of the herringbone mark is animated. 142.根据权利要求140所述的电子设备,其中所述人字标记指向第一方向并且所述显示器是触敏显示器,所述方法进一步包括:142. The electronic device of claim 140, wherein the herringbone mark points in a first direction and the display is a touch-sensitive display, the method further comprising: 响应于检测到所述显示器上的在所述第一方向上的扫掠,在所述显示器上显示所述通知。In response to detecting a sweep in the first direction on the display, the notification is displayed on the display.
HK16108423.2A 2014-09-02 2016-07-17 Reduced-size interfaces for managing alerts HK1220525B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201462044894P 2014-09-02 2014-09-02
US62/044,894 2014-09-02
US201562129818P 2015-03-07 2015-03-07
US62/129,818 2015-03-07

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
HK1220525A1 HK1220525A1 (en) 2017-05-05
HK1220525B true HK1220525B (en) 2020-10-09

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11989364B2 (en) Reduced-size interfaces for managing alerts
JP6487592B2 (en) Device configuration user interface
HK1220525B (en) Reduced-size interfaces for managing alerts